Montepedia - User contributions [en]

MediaWiki:Common.css

2026-06-15T14:32:42Z

Maintenance script: ABC wiki: show arrow marker on Wikipedia fallback links

/* ABC Wiki: missing imported article links that open English Wikipedia */
.abc-wikipedia-missing-link {
border-bottom: 1px dotted currentColor;
}
.abc-wikipedia-missing-link::after {
content: " ↗";
font-size: 85%;
}

/* ABC-WIKIPEDIA-REDLINKS-CSS-START */
/* ABC Wiki: mark missing local article links that open Wikipedia in a new tab */
.abc-wikipedia-missing-link {
border-bottom: 1px dotted currentColor;
}

.abc-wikipedia-missing-link::after {
content: " ↗";
font-size: 85%;
white-space: nowrap;
}
/* ABC-WIKIPEDIA-REDLINKS-CSS-END */

MediaWiki:Common.js

2026-06-15T14:21:12Z

Maintenance script: ABC wiki: force missing article redlinks to open Wikipedia in new tab

/* ABC-WIKIPEDIA-REDLINKS-START */
/**
* ABC Wiki:
* Red/missing article links imported from Wikipedia should open Wikipedia,
* not the local missing-page editor.
*
* Local existing pages are untouched.
*/
(function () {
'use strict';

function decodeTitle(title) {
try {
title = decodeURIComponent(title);
} catch (e) {}

return title.replace(/_/g, ' ');
}

function titleToWikipediaUrl(title) {
return 'https://wikipedia.org/wiki/' + encodeURIComponent(title.replace(/ /g, '_'));
}

function getMissingArticleTitle(link) {
var href = link.getAttribute('href') || '';
var title = null;
var match;
var url;

if (!href) {
return null;
}

/* Format: /w/index.php?title=Thai_Airways_Flight_365&action=edit&redlink=1 */
try {
url = new URL(href, window.location.origin);

if (url.searchParams.get('redlink') === '1') {
title = url.searchParams.get('title');
}
} catch (e) {}

/* Fallback: catch title manually */
if (!title) {
match = href.match(/[?&]title=([^&]+)/);
if (match && href.indexOf('redlink=1') !== -1) {
title = match[1];
}
}

if (!title) {
return null;
}

title = decodeTitle(title);

/* Only normal article titles. Do not send Template:, Module:, File:, Category:, etc. */
if (title.indexOf(':') !== -1) {
return null;
}

return title;
}

function rewriteOne(link) {
var title = getMissingArticleTitle(link);
var wikipediaUrl;

if (!title) {
return;
}

wikipediaUrl = titleToWikipediaUrl(title);

link.setAttribute('href', wikipediaUrl);
link.setAttribute('target', '_blank');
link.setAttribute('rel', 'noopener noreferrer');

link.classList.remove('new');
link.classList.add('abc-wikipedia-missing-link');

link.setAttribute('title', title + ' — opens on Wikipedia in a new tab');
link.setAttribute('data-abc-wikipedia-title', title);
}

function rewriteAllRedlinks() {
document.querySelectorAll('a.new, a[href*="redlink=1"], a[href*="action=edit"]').forEach(rewriteOne);
}

if (document.readyState === 'loading') {
document.addEventListener('DOMContentLoaded', rewriteAllRedlinks);
} else {
rewriteAllRedlinks();
}

/* Some skins/modules add or touch content after ready. */
window.setTimeout(rewriteAllRedlinks, 500);
window.setTimeout(rewriteAllRedlinks, 1500);

/* Debug marker: check browser console with window.abcWikipediaRedlinksActive */
window.abcWikipediaRedlinksActive = true;
}());
/* ABC-WIKIPEDIA-REDLINKS-END */

MediaWiki:Common.css

2026-06-15T13:55:42Z

Maintenance script: ABC wiki: style missing imported article links that open Wikipedia

MediaWiki:Common.js

2026-06-15T13:55:42Z

Maintenance script: ABC wiki: send missing imported article links to English Wikipedia in new tab

/**
* ABC Wiki compatibility:
* Imported Wikipedia articles should work as entrance pages.
*
* Existing local pages stay local.
* Missing article links (redlinks) open the matching English Wikipedia page in a new tab.
*/
(function () {
'use strict';

function getMissingPageTitle(link) {
var href, url, title;

href = link.getAttribute('href') || '';
if (!href) {
return null;
}

try {
url = new URL(href, window.location.origin);
} catch (e) {
return null;
}

if (url.searchParams.get('redlink') !== '1') {
return null;
}

title = url.searchParams.get('title');
if (!title) {
return null;
}

title = title.replace(/_/g, ' ');

// Only auto-send normal article links to Wikipedia.
// Avoid Template:, Module:, File:, Category:, User:, Talk:, Special:, etc.
if (title.indexOf(':') !== -1) {
return null;
}

return title;
}

function rewriteMissingWikipediaLinks() {
var content = document.querySelector('.mw-parser-output');
if (!content) {
return;
}

content.querySelectorAll('a.new').forEach(function (link) {
var title = getMissingPageTitle(link);
var wikipediaUrl;

if (!title) {
return;
}

wikipediaUrl = 'https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/' + encodeURIComponent(title.replace(/ /g, '_'));

link.href = wikipediaUrl;
link.target = '_blank';
link.rel = 'noopener noreferrer';
link.classList.remove('new');
link.classList.add('abc-wikipedia-missing-link');
link.title = title + ' — opens on English Wikipedia in a new tab';
});
}

if (document.readyState === 'loading') {
document.addEventListener('DOMContentLoaded', rewriteMissingWikipediaLinks);
} else {
rewriteMissingWikipediaLinks();
}
}());

Module:Jct

2026-06-15T12:50:07Z

Maintenance script: Sync shared ABC wiki compatibility fix from Phuketer

local p = {}
-- Change to "" upon deployment.
local moduleSuffix = ""

local parserModuleName = "Module:Road data/parser" .. moduleSuffix
local statenameModuleName = "Module:Jct/statename" .. moduleSuffix -- TODO transition
local cityModuleName = "Module:Jct/city" .. moduleSuffix

local concat = table.concat
local insert = table.insert
local format = mw.ustring.format
local trim = mw.text.trim

local parserModule = require(parserModuleName)
local parser = parserModule.parser
local util = require("Module:Road data/util")

-- Shields
local defaultShieldSize = 24

local function addContextBanner(route, name, suffix, bannerSpec)
local bannerModule = 'Module:Road data/banners/' .. string.upper(route.country)
local shieldfield = name .. 'shield'
local shield = parser(route, shieldfield)
if shield == nil then
-- This route type does not define shield.
-- Find shield in the default banner table.
shield = parser(route, 'shield', name, bannerModule)
if shield and shield ~= '' then
if suffix == nil then
suffix = parser(route, 'shield', 'suffix', bannerModule)
end
if suffix and suffix ~= '' then
shield = shield .. " " .. suffix
end
shield = shield .. ".svg"
end
end
if shield and shield ~= '' then
local shieldSize = defaultShieldSize
-- Add banner plate.
insert(bannerSpec, {shield, shieldSize})
end
end

local function bannerSpec(banner, bannerSize, bannerSuffix, route)
local banners = {}
if type(banner) == "table" then
local bannerSizeIsNotTable = type(bannerSize) ~= "table"
for i,filename in ipairs(banner) do
local bannersize = bannerSizeIsNotTable and bannerSize or bannerSize[i] or defaultShieldSize
insert(banners, {filename, bannersize})
end
elseif banner ~= '' then
insert(banners, {banner, bannerSize})
end

if route.dir then
addContextBanner(route, 'dir', bannerSuffix, banners)
end
if route.to then
addContextBanner(route, 'to', bannerSuffix, banners)
end

return banners
end

local function shieldSpec(route, mainShield, shieldList)
local shieldSpec = {}

local shield
local shieldto = parser(route, 'shieldto')

if route.to then
if not shield then shield = shieldto or parser(route, 'shield') or '' end
else
if not shield then shield = parser(route, 'shield') or '' end
end
if shield == '' then return shieldSpec end
local orientation = parser(route, 'orientation')

local function size(route)
if orientation == "upright" then
return defaultShieldSize
else return "x" .. defaultShieldSize
end
end

local shieldsize = size(route)

local banner = parser(route, 'banner') or {}
local bannersize = defaultShieldSize
local bannersuffix = parser(route, 'bannersuffix')

local bannerIsNotTable = type(banner) ~= "table"
local bannersizeIsNotTable = type(bannersize) ~= "table"
local bannersuffixIsNotTable = type(bannersuffix) ~= "table"

if type(shield) == "table" then
for i,filename in ipairs(shield) do
local size = shieldsize or shieldsize[i]
if size == "" then size = nil end
-- banner.all describes banners that apply to all multiple shields.
local shieldBanner = bannerIsNotTable and banner or (banner[i] or banner.all or {})
-- Banner size is default if the corresponding entry
-- in bannerSize table is not set.
local shieldBannerSize =
bannersizeIsNotTable and bannersize
or (bannersize[i] or bannersize.all or defaultShieldSize)
local shieldBannerSuffix = bannersuffix and (bannersuffixIsNotTable and bannersuffix or bannersuffix[i])
insert(shieldSpec, {
shield = {filename, size},
banners = bannerSpec(shieldBanner, shieldBannerSize, shieldBannerSuffix, route)
})
end
elseif shield ~= '' then
if shieldsize == "" then shieldsize = nil end
insert(shieldSpec, {
shield = {shield, shieldsize},
banners = bannerSpec(banner, bannersize, bannersuffix, route)
})
end

return shieldSpec
end

local missingShields

local shieldExistsCache = {}

local function render(shieldEntry, scale, showLink)
local shield = shieldEntry.shield
local banners = shieldEntry.banners

local size
if shield[2] then
local width, height = mw.ustring.match(shield[2], "(%d*)x?(%d*)")
width = tonumber(width)
height = tonumber(height)
local sizeparts = {}
if width then
insert(sizeparts, format("%d", width * scale))
end
if height then
insert(sizeparts, format("x%d", height * scale))
end
size = concat(sizeparts)
else
size = format("%s%d", landscape and "x" or "", defaultShieldSize * scale)
end
local shieldCode = format("[[File:%s|%spx|link=|alt=]]", shield[1], size)
if not banners[1] then return shieldCode end

for _,banner in ipairs(banners) do
shieldCode = format("[[File:%s|%spx|link=|alt=]] %s",
banner[1],
defaultShieldSize,
shieldCode)
end
return '' .. shieldCode .. ''
end

function p.shield(route, scale, showLink, mainShield, shieldList)
missingShields = {}

scale = scale or 1

local rendered = {}
for _,entry in ipairs(shieldSpec(route, mainShield, shieldList)) do
insert(rendered, render(entry, scale, showLink))
end
return concat(rendered), missingShields
end

-- Links/abbreviations
function p.link(route)
local nolink = route.nolink
local abbr = parser(route, 'abbr')
if nolink then
return abbr
else
local link = parser(route, 'link')
if not link or link == '' then
return abbr
else
return format("[[%s|%s]]", link, abbr)
end
end
end
-------------------------------------------

-- Links/abbreviations
local function routeText(route, jctname, frame)
local link
local type = route.type
if not type or type == '' then
link = route.route
else
link = p.link(route)
end

local dir = route.dir and ' ' .. string.lower(route.dir) or ''
if link == false or link == nil then
link = route.route or ''
else
link = tostring(link)
end
local routeText = link .. dir

local name = route.name
if name and name ~= '' then
local mainText = jctname and name or routeText
local parenText = jctname and routeText or name

return format('%s (%s)', mainText, parenText)
else
return routeText
end
end

local function extra(args)
local extraTypes = mw.loadData('Module:Road data/extra')
local extraIcon = extraTypes[string.lower(args.extra or '')]
if not extraIcon then return '' end
local size = defaultShieldSize .. 'px'
local countryIcon = extraIcon[args.country] or extraIcon.default
if type(countryIcon) == 'table' then
local localIcon = countryIcon[args.state] or countryIcon.default
return string.format("[[File:%s|%s|alt=|link=]]", localIcon, size)
else
return string.format("[[File:%s|%s|alt=|link=]]", countryIcon, size)
end
end

local function parseArgs(args)
local state = args.state or args.province or ''
args.state = state
local country
if args.country and args.country ~= '' then
country = string.upper(args.country)
else
local countryModule = mw.loadData("Module:Road data/countrymask")
country = countryModule[state] or 'UNK'
end
args.country = country

local params = {'denom', 'county', 'township', 'dab', 'nolink', 'noshield', 'to', 'dir', 'name'}
local routes = {}
local routeCount = 1
local seenTo = false
while true do
local routeType = args[routeCount * 2 - 1]
if not routeType then break end
local route = {type = routeType, route = args[routeCount * 2]}
for _,v in pairs(params) do
route[v] = args[v .. routeCount]
end

if args.nolink then
route.nolink = args.nolink
end

route.country = country
route.state = state

-- Set the first .to to true.
-- Set all following .to to ''.
if seenTo then
if route.to then
-- Report duplicate to flag.
route.toerror = true
end
route.to = ''
elseif route.to then
route.to = true
seenTo = true
end

insert(routes, route)
routeCount = routeCount + 1
end
return routes
end

local function prefix(to, num)
if to and to ~= '' then
return num == 1 and 'To ' or ' to '
end
return num == 1 and '' or ' / '
end

local function addErrorMsg(catCode, msg, errorMsg)
errorMsg.code = errorMsg.code or catCode
insert(errorMsg, format('Module:Jct %s', msg))
end

function p._jct(args, frame)
local routes = parseArgs(args)
local shields = {}
local links = {}
local allMissingShields = {}
local typeErr = false
local toErr = false
frame = frame or mw.getCurrentFrame()
for num,route in ipairs(routes) do
if not (args.noshield or route.noshield) then
local shield, missingShields = p.shield(route)
insert(shields, shield)
if missingShields[1] then
insert(allMissingShields, concat(missingShields, ' / '))
end
end
local prefix = prefix(route.to, num)
if prefix ~= '' then insert(links, prefix) end
insert(links, routeText(route, args.jctname, frame))
typeErr = typeErr or route.typeerror or false
toErr = toErr or route.toerror or false
end
local graphics = concat(shields) .. extra(args) .. ' '
local linkText = concat(links)
local cities = ''
if args.city1 or args.location1 then
local citiesPrefix
if args.citiesprefix then
citiesPrefix = args.citiesprefix ~= '' and format(" %s ", args.citiesprefix) or ''
else
citiesPrefix = ' '
end
local cityModule = require(cityModuleName)
cities = citiesPrefix .. cityModule.city(args)
end

local errorMsg = {}
-- Errors must be reported by the level of severity, most severe first.
if typeErr then
-- Report invalid type errors.
addErrorMsg("§", 'error: Invalid route type', errorMsg)
end
if #allMissingShields > 0 then
-- Report missing shield error.
-- shieldExists() would have populated missingShields if shields are missing.
addErrorMsg("¶", 'error: Missing route marker graphics: ' .. concat(allMissingShields, ' / '), errorMsg)
end
if toErr then
-- Report invalid to errors.
addErrorMsg("&", 'error: Invalid "to" argument', errorMsg)
end
if args.road then
-- Report deprecated "road" warning.
addErrorMsg("∆", 'warning: "road" parameter is deprecated', errorMsg)
end
if args.rdt then
-- Report deprecated "rdt" warning.
addErrorMsg("£", 'warning: "rdt" parameter is deprecated', errorMsg)
end
if #errorMsg > 0 then
local page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().prefixedText -- Get transcluding page's title
-- Add a category for the first, most severe error.
insert(errorMsg, format('[[Category:Jct template errors|%s %s]]', errorMsg.code, page))
errorMsg = concat(errorMsg)
else
errorMsg = ''
end

return graphics .. linkText .. cities .. errorMsg
end

function p.jct(frame)
-- Import module function to work with passed arguments
local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
local args = getArgs(frame, {removeBlanks = false})
return p._jct(args, frame)
end

function p._roadlink(args, frame)
local routes = parseArgs(args)
local links = {}
local typeErr = false
local toErr = false
frame = frame or mw.getCurrentFrame()
for num,route in ipairs(routes) do
local prefix = prefix(route.to, num)
if prefix ~= '' then insert(links, prefix) end
insert(links, routeText(route, args.jctname, frame))
typeErr = typeErr or route.typeerror or false
toErr = toErr or route.toerror or false
end
local linkText = concat(links)
local cities = ''
if args.city1 or args.location1 then
local citiesPrefix
if args.citiesprefix then
citiesPrefix = args.citiesprefix ~= '' and format(" %s ", args.citiesprefix) or ''
else
citiesPrefix = ' '
end
local cityModule = require(cityModuleName)
cities = citiesPrefix .. cityModule.city(args)
end

local errorMsg = {}
-- Errors must be reported by the level of severity, most severe first.
if typeErr then
-- Report invalid type errors.
addErrorMsg("2", 'error: Invalid route type', errorMsg)
end
if toErr then
-- Report invalid to errors.
addErrorMsg("3", 'error: Invalid "to" argument', errorMsg)
end
if args.road then
-- Report deprecated "road" warning.
addErrorMsg("W", 'warning: "road" parameter is deprecated', errorMsg)
end
if #errorMsg > 0 then
local page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().prefixedText -- Get transcluding page's title
-- Add a category for the first, most severe error.
insert(errorMsg, format('[[Category:Jct template errors|%s %s]]', errorMsg.code, page))
errorMsg = concat(errorMsg)
else
errorMsg = ''
end

return linkText .. cities
end

function p.roadlink(frame)
-- Import module function to work with passed arguments
local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
local args = getArgs(frame, {removeBlanks = true})
return p._roadlink(args, frame)
end

return p

Module:Citation mode

2026-06-15T12:50:06Z

Maintenance script: Sync shared ABC wiki compatibility fix from Phuketer

require ('strict')

local p = {}

-- determine whether we're being called from a sandbox
local isSandbox = mw.getCurrentFrame():getTitle():find('sandbox', 1, true)
local sandbox = isSandbox and '/sandbox' or ''

local cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox)

-- if cs1 config is set, return false, otherwise use supplied mode
-- this prevents putting articles into "overriden mode" tracking category
function p._main(mode)
return not (cfg.global_cs1_config_t and cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode']) and mode
end

function p.main(frame)
return p._main(frame.args[1]) or ""
end

return p

Module:Make Wikisource link

2026-06-15T12:50:05Z

Maintenance script: Sync shared ABC wiki compatibility fix from Phuketer

local p = {}
local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')

function p.makeLink(frame)
--[[---------
Variable declaration
--]]---------
local args = getArgs(frame)
local lang = args['explicit_lang_param'] or args['implicit_lang_param'] or 'en'
local page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
local pagename = page.text
local wikisourceEdition
local linkTarget
local displayText
local toReturn
local prefix

--[[
Create the prefix for the interwiki link
It uses the lowest of:
1. 'Special:Search/', if using the enwiki pagename as the interwiki target
2. If not (1), an 'Author:' prefix, localized, if given a works parameter and not under (1)
3. If not (1) or (2), the empty string
We avoid 'Special:Search/Author:' intentionally; this is rarely helpful
Here we simply set it to (2) or (3), and override it when setting the link target if needed
--]]
prefix = args.works and frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'Wikisource/Author', args = { lang } } or ''

-- Handle multilingual Wikisource (aka old Wikisource) correctly
if lang == 'mul' then
wikisourceEdition = 'sourceswiki' -- siteid for multilingual Wikisource
else
wikisourceEdition = lang .. 'wikisource' -- other Wikisource editions are langcode + 'wikisource' (e.g. 'enwikisource')
end

-- get the Wikidata sitelink
local currentEntityId = (mw.wikibase and mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage and mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()) or ''
local wikidataSitelink = (mw.wikibase and mw.wikibase.getSitelink and mw.wikibase.getSitelink(currentEntityId, wikisourceEdition)) or nil

-- if we have a language parameter, we look at the second unnamed parameter for the source title
local checkIndexForTarget = args['implicit_lang_param'] and 2 or 1
-- and then use the next index for display
local checkIndexForDisplay = checkIndexForTarget + 1

--[[---------
Set the link target
--]]---------
if args['wslink'] then
linkTarget = args['wslink']
elseif args[checkIndexForTarget] then
-- we have a source title parameter, so return that
linkTarget = args[checkIndexForTarget]
elseif wikidataSitelink then
-- use Wikidata
linkTarget = wikidataSitelink
else
-- we have no parameters and nothing at Wikidata, so we are flying blind
-- set the linkTarget to the pagename
linkTarget = pagename
-- and set prefix to 'Special:Search/' to find the appropriate link
prefix = 'Special:Search/'
end

-- clear prefixes for now; will add it back later if needed
-- this prevents duplicate prefixes (Author:Author:Shakespeare; Special:Search/Special:Search/)
-- and avoids displayText with any author prefix
linkTarget = string.gsub(linkTarget, '^' .. prefix, '')

--[[---------
Now build the displayText
--]]---------

if not displayText then
-- we did not set displayText in the above steps, so set it now
-- first we check for an explicit display text, or else we set it to be the link target
displayText = args['title'] or args[checkIndexForDisplay] or linkTarget
end

--[[---------
Now we check whether we should categorize in Category:Wikisource templates with missing id
--]]---------

-- initialize errorCategory as true
local errorCategory = true

-- helper to set errorCategory = false
local function setFalse() errorCategory = false end

if wikidataSitelink then
-- we do have a sitelink at Wikidata
setFalse()
elseif yesno(args.nocat, true) then
-- we have a |nocat parameter
setFalse()
elseif page.namespace ~= 0 then
-- only care about mainspace
setFalse()
elseif string.match(pagename, '^Lists? of ') then
-- we are on a list page, and those should not have Wikisource links
setFalse()
elseif string.match(pagename, '^%d%d?%d?%d?s? in') then
-- we are in a YEAR/DECADE in FOO page, and those also should not have anything else
setFalse()
else
-- Now we check categories and determine whether this is something which does not need a Wikisource links
-- Currently, we avoid categorizing:
-- 1. Disambiguation pages
-- 2. Set index articles
-- 3. Articles about species. There is no universal category; [[Category:Articles with 'species' microformats]] is a proxy
-- we do this check last to avoid using [[WP:EXPENSIVE]] parser calls if possible
for _, cat in ipairs(page.categories) do
if cat == "All disambiguation pages" or cat == "All set index articles" or cat == "Articles with 'species' microformats" then
setFalse()
break
end
end
end

-- build the link
toReturn = '[[:s:' .. lang .. ':' .. prefix .. linkTarget .. '|' .. displayText .. ']]'

-- append the error category if needed
if errorCategory then
toReturn = toReturn .. '[[Category:Wikisource templates with missing id|' .. pagename .. ']]'
end

return toReturn
end

return p

Module:Mapframe

2026-06-15T12:50:04Z

Maintenance script: Sync shared ABC wiki compatibility fix from Phuketer

-- Note: Originally written on English Wikipedia at https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Module:Mapframe

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------------------
##### Localisation (L10n) settings #####
Replace values in quotes ("") with localised values
----------------------------------------------------------------------------]]--
local L10n = {}
local wb = mw.wikibase

-- Modue dependencies
local parser -- local copy of https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module:WikitextParser loaded lazily
-- "strict" should not be used, at least until all other modules which require this module are not using globals.

-- Template parameter names (unnumbered versions only)
-- Specify each as either a single string, or a table of strings (aliases)
-- Aliases are checked left-to-right, i.e. `{ "one", "two" }` is equivalent to using `{{{one| {{{two|}}} }}}` in a template
L10n.para = {
display = "display",
type = "type",
id = { "id", "ids" },
from = "from",
raw = "raw",
title = "title",
description = "description",
strokeColor = { "stroke-color", "stroke-colour" },
strokeWidth = "stroke-width",
strokeOpacity = "stroke-opacity",
fill = "fill",
fillOpacity = "fill-opacity",
coord = "coord",
marker = "marker",
markerColor = { "marker-color", "marker-colour" },
markerSize = "marker-size",
radius = { "radius", "radius_m" },
radiusKm = "radius_km",
radiusFt = "radius_ft",
radiusMi = "radius_mi",
edges = "edges",
text = "text",
icon = "icon",
zoom = "zoom",
frame = "frame",
plain = "plain",
frameWidth = "frame-width",
frameHeight = "frame-height",
frameCoordinates= { "frame-coordinates", "frame-coord" },
frameLatitude = { "frame-lat", "frame-latitude" },
frameLongitude = { "frame-long", "frame-longitude" },
frameAlign = "frame-align",
switch = "switch",
overlay = "overlay",
overlayBorder = "overlay-border",
overlayHorizontalAlignment = "overlay-horizontal-alignment",
overlayVerticalAlignment = "overlay-vertical-alignment",
overlayHorizontalOffset = "overlay-horizontal-offset",
overlayVerticalOffset = "overlay-vertical-offset"
}

-- Names of other templates this module can extract coordinates from
L10n.template = {
templates = { -- The coord template, as well as templates with output that contains {{coord}}
"Coord", "Coord/sandbox",
"NRHP row", "NRHP row/sandbox",
"WikidataCoord", "WikidataCoord/sandbox", "Wikidatacoord", "Wikidata coord"
},
modules = { -- The coordinates module, as well as modules with output that contains {{coord}}
"Coordinates", "Coordinates/sandbox",
"WikidataCoord", "WikidataCoord/sandbox"
}
}

-- Error messages
L10n.error = {
badDisplayPara = "Invalid display parameter",
noCoords = "Coordinates must be specified on Wikidata or in |" .. ( type(L10n.para.coord)== 'table' and L10n.para.coord[1] or L10n.para.coord ) .. "=",
wikidataCoords = "Coordinates not found on Wikidata",
noCircleCoords = "Circle centre coordinates must be specified, or available via Wikidata",
negativeRadius = "Circle radius must be a positive number",
noRadius = "Circle radius must be specified",
negativeEdges = "Circle edges must be a positive number",
noSwitchPara = "Found only one switch value in |" .. ( type(L10n.para.switch)== 'table' and L10n.para.switch[1] or L10n.para.switch ) .. "=",
oneSwitchLabel = "Found only one label in |" .. ( type(L10n.para.switch)== 'table' and L10n.para.switch[1] or L10n.para.switch ) .. "=",
noSwitchLists = "At least one parameter must have a SWITCH: list",
switchMismatches = "All SWITCH: lists must have the same number of values",

-- "%s" and "%d" tokens will be replaced with strings and numbers when used
oneSwitchValue = "Found only one switch value in |%s=",
fewerSwitchLabels = "Found %d switch values but only %d labels in |" .. ( type(L10n.para.switch)== 'table' and L10n.para.switch[1] or L10n.para.switch ) .. "=",
noNamedCoords = "No named coordinates found in %s"
}

-- Other strings
L10n.str = {
-- valid values for display parameter, e.g. (|display=inline) or (|display=title) or (|display=inline,title) or (|display=title,inline)
inline = "inline",
title = "title",
dsep = ",", -- separator between inline and title (comma in the example above)

-- valid values for type parameter
line = "line", -- geoline feature (e.g. a road)
shape = "shape", -- geoshape feature (e.g. a state or province)
shapeInverse = "shape-inverse", -- geomask feature (the inverse of a geoshape)
data = "data", -- geoJSON data page on Commons
point = "point", -- single point feature (coordinates)
circle = "circle", -- circular area around a point
named = "named", -- all named coordinates in an article or section

-- Keyword to indicate a switch list. Must NOT use the special characters ^$()%.[]*+-?
switch = "SWITCH",

-- valid values for icon, frame, and plain parameters
affirmedWords = ' '..table.concat({
"add",
"added",
"affirm",
"affirmed",
"include",
"included",
"on",
"true",
"yes",
"y"
}, ' ')..' ',
declinedWords = ' '..table.concat({
"decline",
"declined",
"exclude",
"excluded",
"false",
"none",
"not",
"no",
"n",
"off",
"omit",
"omitted",
"remove",
"removed"
}, ' ')..' '
}

-- Default values for parameters
L10n.defaults = {
display = L10n.str.inline,
text = "Map",
frameWidth = "300",
frameHeight = "200",
frameAlign = "right",
markerColor = "5E74F3",
markerSize = nil,
strokeColor = "#ff0000",
strokeWidth = 6,
edges = 32, -- number of edges used to approximate a circle
overlayBorder = "1px solid white",
overlayHorizontalAlignment = "right",
overlayHorizontalOffset = "0",
overlayVerticalAlignment = "bottom",
overlayVerticalOffset = "0"
}

-- #### End of L10n settings ####

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Utility methods
----------------------------------------------------------------------------]]--
local util = {}

--[[
Looks up a parameter value based on the id (a key from the L10n.para table) and
optionally a suffix, for parameters that can be suffixed (e.g. type2 is type
with suffix 2).
@param {table} args key-value pairs of parameter names and their values
@param {string} param_id id for parameter name (key from the L10n.para table)
@param {string} [suffix] suffix for parameter name
@returns {string|nil} parameter value if found, or nil if not found
]]--
function util.getParameterValue(args, param_id, suffix)
suffix = suffix or ''
if type( L10n.para[param_id] ) ~= 'table' then
return args[L10n.para[param_id]..suffix]
end
for _i, paramAlias in ipairs(L10n.para[param_id]) do
if args[paramAlias..suffix] then
return args[paramAlias..suffix]
end
end
return nil
end

--[[
Trim whitespace from args, and remove empty args. Also fix control characters.
@param {table} argsTable
@returns {table} trimmed args table
]]--
function util.trimArgs(argsTable)
local cleanArgs = {}
for key, val in pairs(argsTable) do
if type(key) == 'string' and type(val) == 'string' then
val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
if val ~= '' then
-- control characters inside json need to be escaped, but stripping them is simpler
-- See also T214984
-- However, *don't* strip control characters from wikitext (text or description parameters) or you'll break strip markers
-- Alternatively it might be better to only strip control char from raw parameter content
if util.matchesParam('text', key) or util.matchesParam('description', key, key:gsub('^%D+(%d+)$', '%1') ) then
cleanArgs[key] = val
else
cleanArgs[key] = val:gsub('%c',' ')
end
end
else
cleanArgs[key] = val
end
end
return cleanArgs
end

--[[
Check if a parameter name matches an unlocalized parameter key
@param {string} key - the unlocalized parameter name to search through
@param {string} name - the localized parameter name to check
@param {string|nil} - an optional suffix to apply to the value(s) from the localization key
@returns {boolean} true if the name matches the parameter, false otherwise
]]--
function util.matchesParam(key, name, suffix)
local param = L10n.para[key]
suffix = suffix or ''
if type(param) == 'table' then
for _, v in pairs(param) do
if (v .. suffix) == name then return true end
end
return false
end
return ((param .. suffix) == name)
end

--[[
Check if a value is affirmed (one of the values in L10n.str.affirmedWords)
@param {string} val Value to be checked
@returns {boolean} true if affirmed, false otherwise
]]--
function util.isAffirmed(val)
if not(val) then return false end
return string.find(L10n.str.affirmedWords, ' '..val..' ', 1, true ) and true or false
end

--[[
Check if a value is declined (one of the values in L10n.str.declinedWords)
@param {string} val Value to be checked
@returns {boolean} true if declined, false otherwise
]]--
function util.isDeclined(val)
if not(val) then return false end
return string.find(L10n.str.declinedWords , ' '..val..' ', 1, true ) and true or false
end

--[[
Check if the name of a template matches the known coord templates or wrappers
(in L10n.template.templates and L10n.template.modules). The name is normalised
when checked, so e.g. the names "Coord", "coord", and " Coord" all return true.
@param {string} name
@returns {boolean} true if it is a coord template or wrapper, false otherwise
]]--
function util.isCoordTemplateOrWrapper(name)
name = mw.text.trim(name)
local modName = mw.ustring.gsub(name, '#invoke:', '')
local inputTitle = mw.title.new(modName, (name ~= modName) and 'Module' or 'Template')
if not inputTitle then
return false
end

-- Create (or reuse) mw.title objects for each known coord template/wrapper.
-- Stored in L10n.template.title so that they don't need to be recreated
-- each time this function is called
if not L10n.template.titles then
L10n.template.titles = {}
for _, v in pairs(L10n.template.templates) do
table.insert(L10n.template.titles, mw.title.new(v, 'Template'))
end
for _, v in pairs(L10n.template.modules) do
table.insert(L10n.template.titles, mw.title.new(v, 'Module'))
end
end

for _, templateTitle in pairs(L10n.template.titles) do
if mw.title.equals(inputTitle, templateTitle) then
return true
end
end

return false
end

--[[
Recursively extract coord templates which have a name parameter.
@param {string} wikitext
@returns {table} table sequence of coord templates
]]--
function util.extractCoordTemplates(wikitext)
local output = {}
local templates = mw.ustring.gmatch(wikitext, '{%b{}}')
for template in templates do
local templateName = mw.ustring.match(template, '{{([^}|]+)')
local nameParam = mw.ustring.match(template, "|%s*name%s*=%s*[^}|]+")
if util.isCoordTemplateOrWrapper(templateName) then
if nameParam then table.insert(output, template) end
elseif mw.ustring.find(mw.ustring.sub(template, 2), "{{") then
local subOutput = util.extractCoordTemplates(mw.ustring.sub(template, 2))
for _, t in pairs(subOutput) do
table.insert(output, t)
end
end
end
-- ensure coords are not using title display
for k, v in pairs(output) do
output[k] = mw.ustring.gsub(v, "|%s*display%s*=[^|}]+", "|display=inline")
end
return output
end

--[[
Gets all named coordiates from a page or a section of a page.
@param {string|nil} page Page name, or name#section, to get named coordinates
from. If the name is omitted, i.e. #section or nil or empty string, then
the current page will be used.
@returns {table} sequence of {coord, name, description} tables where coord is
the coordinates in a format suitable for #util.parseCoords, name is a string,
and description is a string (coordinates in a format suitable for displaying
to the reader). If for some reason the name can't be found, the description
is nil and the name contains display-format coordinates.
@throws {L10n.error.noNamedCoords} if no named coordinates are found.
]]--
function util.getNamedCoords(page)
local parts = mw.text.split(page or "", "#", true)
local name = parts[1] == "" and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().prefixedText or parts[1]
local section = parts[2]
local title = mw.title.new(name)
if title.isRedirect then
title = title.redirectTarget
end
local pageWikitext = title:getContent()
if section then
if parser == nil then
-- load [[Module:WikitextParser]] lazily so it is only transcluded on pages that use it
parser = require("Module:WikitextParser")
end
pageWikitext = parser.getSection(pageWikitext, section) or ''
end
local coordTemplates = util.extractCoordTemplates(pageWikitext)
if #coordTemplates == 0 then error(string.format(L10n.error.noNamedCoords, page or name), 0) end
local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
local sep = "________"
local expandedContent = frame:preprocess(table.concat(coordTemplates, sep))
local expandedTemplates = mw.text.split(expandedContent, sep)
local namedCoords = {}
for _, expandedTemplate in pairs(expandedTemplates) do
local coord = mw.ustring.match(expandedTemplate, "(.-)")
if coord then
local coordname = (
-- name specified by a wrapper template, e.g [[Article|Name]]
mw.ustring.match(expandedTemplate, "(.-)") or
-- name passed into coord template
mw.ustring.match(expandedTemplate, "(.-)") or
-- default to the coordinates if the name can't be retrieved
coord
)
local description = coordname ~= coord and coord
table.insert(namedCoords, {
coord=mw.ustring.gsub(coord, "[° ]", "_"),
name=coordname, description=description
})
end
end
if #namedCoords == 0 then error(string.format(L10n.error.noNamedCoords, page or name), 0) end
return namedCoords
end

--[[
Parse coordinate values from the params passed in a GeoHack url (such as
//tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Example&params=1_2_N_3_4_W_ or
//tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Example&params=1.23_S_4.56_E_ )
or non-url string in the same format (such as `1_2_N_3_4_W_` or `1.23_S_4.56_E_`)
@param {string} coords string containing coordinates
@returns {number, number} latitude, longitude
]]--
function util.parseCoords(coords)
local coordsPatt
if mw.ustring.find(coords, "params=", 1, true) then
-- prevent false matches from page name, e.g. ?pagename=Lorem_S._Ipsum
coordsPatt = 'params=([_%.%d]+[NS][_%.%d]+[EW])'
else
-- not actually a geohack url, just the same format
coordsPatt = '[_%.%d]+[NS][_%.%d]+[EW]'
end
local parts = mw.text.split((mw.ustring.match(coords, coordsPatt) or ''), '_')

local lat_d = tonumber(parts[1])
assert(lat_d, "Unable to get latitude from input '"..coords.."'.")
local lat_m = tonumber(parts[2]) -- nil if coords are in decimal format
local lat_s = lat_m and tonumber(parts[3]) -- nil if coords are either in decimal format or degrees and minutes only
local lat = lat_d + (lat_m or 0)/60 + (lat_s or 0)/3600
if parts[#parts/2] == 'S' then
lat = lat * -1
end

local long_d = tonumber(parts[1+#parts/2])
assert(long_d, "Unable to get longitude from input '"..coords.."'.")
local long_m = tonumber(parts[2+#parts/2]) -- nil if coords are in decimal format
local long_s = long_m and tonumber(parts[3+#parts/2]) -- nil if coords are either in decimal format or degrees and minutes only
local long = long_d + (long_m or 0)/60 + (long_s or 0)/3600
if parts[#parts] == 'W' then
long = long * -1
end

return lat, long
end

--[[
Get coordinates from a Wikidata item
@param {string} item_id Wikidata item id (Q number)
@returns {number, number} latitude, longitude
@throws {L10n.error.noCoords} if item_id is invalid or the item does not exist
@throws {L10n.error.wikidataCoords} if the the item does not have a P625
statement (coordinates), or it is set to "no value"
]]--
function util.wikidataCoords(item_id)
if not (item_id and wb.isValidEntityId(item_id) and wb.entityExists(item_id)) then
error(L10n.error.noCoords, 0)
end
local coordStatements = wb.getBestStatements(item_id, 'P625')
if not coordStatements or #coordStatements == 0 then
error(L10n.error.wikidataCoords, 0)
end
local hasNoValue = ( coordStatements[1].mainsnak and (coordStatements[1].mainsnak.snaktype == 'novalue' or coordStatements[1].mainsnak.snaktype == 'somevalue') )
if hasNoValue then
error(L10n.error.wikidataCoords, 0)
end
local wdCoords = coordStatements[1]['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']
return tonumber(wdCoords['latitude']), tonumber(wdCoords['longitude'])
end

--[[
Creates a polygon that approximates a circle
@param {number} lat Latitude
@param {number} long Longitude
@param {number} radius Radius in metres
@param {number} n Number of edges for the polygon
@returns {table} sequence of {latitude, longitude} table sequences, where
latitude and longitude are both numbers
]]--
function util.circleToPolygon(lat, long, radius, n) -- n is number of edges
-- Based on https://github.com/gabzim/circle-to-polygon, ISC licence

local function offset(cLat, cLon, distance, bearing)
local lat1 = math.rad(cLat)
local lon1 = math.rad(cLon)
local dByR = distance / 6378137 -- distance divided by 6378137 (radius of the earth) wgs84
local offet_lat = math.asin(
math.sin(lat1) * math.cos(dByR) +
math.cos(lat1) * math.sin(dByR) * math.cos(bearing)
)
local offet_lon = lon1 + math.atan2(
math.sin(bearing) * math.sin(dByR) * math.cos(lat1),
math.cos(dByR) - math.sin(lat1) * math.sin(offet_lat)
)
return {math.deg(offet_lon), math.deg(offet_lat)}
end

local coordinates = {};
local i = 0;
while i < n do
table.insert(coordinates,
offset(lat, long, radius, (2*math.pi*i*-1)/n)
)
i = i + 1
end
table.insert(coordinates, offset(lat, long, radius, 0))
return coordinates
end

--[[
Get the number of key-value pairs in a table, which might not be a sequence.
@param {table} t
@returns {number} count of key-value pairs
]]--
function util.tableCount(t)
local count = 0
for k, v in pairs(t) do
count = count + 1
end
return count
end

--[[
For a table where the values are all tables, returns either the util.tableCount
of the subtables if they are all the same, or nil if they are not all the same.
@param {table} t
@returns {number|nil} count of key-value pairs of subtable, or nil if subtables
have different counts
]]--
function util.subTablesCount(t)
local count = nil
for k, v in pairs(t) do
if count == nil then
count = util.tableCount(v)
elseif count ~= util.tableCount(v) then
return nil
end
end
return count
end

--[[
Splits a list into a table sequence. The items in the list may be separated by
commas, or by semicolons (if items may contain commas), or by "###" (if items
may contain semicolons).
@param {string} listString
@returns {table} sequence of list items
]]--
function util.tableFromList(listString)
if type(listString) ~= "string" or listString == "" then return nil end
local separator = (mw.ustring.find(listString, "###", 0, true ) and "###") or
(mw.ustring.find(listString, ";", 0, true ) and ";") or ","
local pattern = "%s*"..separator.."%s*"
return mw.text.split(listString, pattern)
end

-- Boolean in outer scope indicating if Kartographer should be able to
-- automatically calculate coordinates (see phab:T227402)
local coordsDerivedFromFeatures = false;

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Make methods: These take in a table of arguments, and return either a string
or a table to be used in the eventual output.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------]]--
local make = {}

--[[
Makes content to go inside the maplink or mapframe tag.

@param {table} args
@returns {string} tag content
]]--
function make.content(args)
if util.getParameterValue(args, 'raw') then
coordsDerivedFromFeatures = true -- Kartographer should be able to automatically calculate coords from raw geoJSON
return util.getParameterValue(args, 'raw')
end

local content = {}

local argsExpanded = {}
for k, v in pairs(args) do
local index = string.match( k, '^[^0-9]+([0-9]*)$' )
if index ~= nil then
local indexNumber
if index ~= '' then
indexNumber = tonumber(index)
else
indexNumber = 1
end

if argsExpanded[indexNumber] == nil then
argsExpanded[indexNumber] = {}
end
argsExpanded[indexNumber][ string.gsub(k, index, '') ] = v
end
end

for contentIndex, contentArgs in pairs(argsExpanded) do
local argType = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, "type")
-- Kartographer automatically calculates coords if geolines/shapes are used (T227402)
if not coordsDerivedFromFeatures then
coordsDerivedFromFeatures = ( argType == L10n.str.line or argType == L10n.str.shape ) and true or false
end
if argType == L10n.str.named then
local namedCoords = util.getNamedCoords(util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, "from"))
local typeKey = type(L10n.para.type) == "table" and L10n.para.type[1] or L10n.para.type
local coordKey = type(L10n.para.coord) == "table" and L10n.para.coord[1] or L10n.para.coord
local titleKey = type(L10n.para.title) == "table" and L10n.para.title[1] or L10n.para.title
local descKey = type(L10n.para.description) == "table" and L10n.para.description[1] or L10n.para.description
for _, namedCoord in pairs(namedCoords) do
contentArgs[typeKey] = "point"
contentArgs[coordKey] = namedCoord.coord
contentArgs[titleKey] = namedCoord.name
contentArgs[descKey] = namedCoord.description
content[#content+1] = make.contentJson(contentArgs)
end
else
content[#content + 1] = make.contentJson(contentArgs)
end
end

--Single item, no array needed
if #content==1 then return content[1] end

--Multiple items get placed in a FeatureCollection
local contentArray = '[\n' .. table.concat( content, ',\n') .. '\n]'
return contentArray
end

--[[
Make coordinates from the coord arg, or the id arg, or the current page's
Wikidata item.
@param {table} args
@param {boolean} [plainOutput]
@returns {Mixed} Either:
{number, number} latitude, longitude if plainOutput is true; or
{table} table sequence of longitude, then latitude (gives the required format
for GeoJSON when encoded)
]]--
function make.coords(args, plainOutput)
local coords, lat, long
local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
if util.getParameterValue(args, 'coord') then
coords = frame:preprocess( util.getParameterValue(args, 'coord') )
lat, long = util.parseCoords(coords)
else
lat, long = util.wikidataCoords(util.getParameterValue(args, 'id') or wb.getEntityIdForCurrentPage())
end
if plainOutput then
return lat, long
end
return {[0] = long, [1] = lat}
end

--[[
Makes a table of coordinates that approximate a circle.
@param {table} args
@returns {table} sequence of {latitude, longitude} table sequences, where
latitude and longitude are both numbers
@throws {L10n.error.noCircleCoords} if centre coordinates are not specified
@throws {L10n.error.noRadius} if radius is not specified
@throws {L10n.error.negativeRadius} if radius is negative or zero
@throws {L10n.error.negativeEdges} if edges is negative or zero
]]--
function make.circleCoords(args)
local lat, long = make.coords(args, true)
local radius = util.getParameterValue(args, 'radius')
if not radius then
radius = util.getParameterValue(args, 'radiusKm') and tonumber(util.getParameterValue(args, 'radiusKm'))*1000
if not radius then
radius = util.getParameterValue(args, 'radiusMi') and tonumber(util.getParameterValue(args, 'radiusMi'))*1609.344
if not radius then
radius = util.getParameterValue(args, 'radiusFt') and tonumber(util.getParameterValue(args, 'radiusFt'))*0.3048
end
end
end
local edges = util.getParameterValue(args, 'edges') or L10n.defaults.edges
if not lat or not long then
error(L10n.error.noCircleCoords, 0)
elseif not radius then
error(L10n.error.noRadius, 0)
elseif tonumber(radius) <= 0 then
error(L10n.error.negativeRadius, 0)
elseif tonumber(edges) <= 0 then
error(L10n.error.negativeEdges, 0)
end
return util.circleToPolygon(lat, long, radius, tonumber(edges))
end

--[[
Makes JSON data for a feature
@param contentArgs args for this feature. Keys must be the non-suffixed version
of the parameter names, i.e. use type, stroke, fill,... rather than type3,
stroke3, fill3,...
@returns {string} JSON encoded data
]]--
function make.contentJson(contentArgs)
local data = {}

if util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'type') == L10n.str.point or util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'type') == L10n.str.circle then
local isCircle = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'type') == L10n.str.circle
data.type = "Feature"
data.geometry = {
type = isCircle and "LineString" or "Point",
coordinates = isCircle and make.circleCoords(contentArgs) or make.coords(contentArgs)
}
data.properties = {
title = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'title') or mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle()
}
if isCircle then
-- TODO: This is very similar to below, should be extracted into a function
data.properties.stroke = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'strokeColor') or L10n.defaults.strokeColor
data.properties["stroke-width"] = tonumber(util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'strokeWidth')) or L10n.defaults.strokeWidth
local strokeOpacity = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'strokeOpacity')
if strokeOpacity then
data.properties['stroke-opacity'] = tonumber(strokeOpacity)
end
local fill = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'fill')
if fill then
data.properties.fill = fill
local fillOpacity = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'fillOpacity')
data.properties['fill-opacity'] = fillOpacity and tonumber(fillOpacity) or 0.6
end
else -- is a point
local markerSymbol = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'marker') or L10n.defaults.marker
-- allow blank to be explicitly specified, for overriding infoboxes or other templates with a default value
if markerSymbol ~= "blank" then
data.properties["marker-symbol"] = markerSymbol
end
data.properties["marker-color"] = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'markerColor') or L10n.defaults.markerColor
data.properties["marker-size"] = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'markerSize') or L10n.defaults.markerSize
end
else
data.type = "ExternalData"

if util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'type') == L10n.str.data or util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'from') then
data.service = "page"
elseif util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'type') == L10n.str.line then
data.service = "geoline"
elseif util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'type') == L10n.str.shape then
data.service = "geoshape"
elseif util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'type') == L10n.str.shapeInverse then
data.service = "geomask"
end

local explicitId = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'id')
local fromTitle = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'from')
local currentEntityId = (wb and wb.getEntityIdForCurrentPage and wb.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()) or nil
if explicitId or (not fromTitle and currentEntityId) then
data.ids = explicitId or currentEntityId
else
data.title = fromTitle
end

data.properties = {
stroke = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'strokeColor') or L10n.defaults.strokeColor,
["stroke-width"] = tonumber(util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'strokeWidth')) or L10n.defaults.strokeWidth
}
local strokeOpacity = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'strokeOpacity')
if strokeOpacity then
data.properties['stroke-opacity'] = tonumber(strokeOpacity)
end
local fill = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'fill')
if fill and (data.service == "geoshape" or data.service == "geomask") then
data.properties.fill = fill
local fillOpacity = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'fillOpacity')
if fillOpacity then
data.properties['fill-opacity'] = tonumber(fillOpacity)
end
end
end

data.properties.title = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'title') or mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text
if util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'description') then
data.properties.description = util.getParameterValue(contentArgs, 'description')
end

return mw.text.jsonEncode(data)
end

--[[
Makes attributes for the maplink or mapframe tag.
@param {table} args
@param {boolean} [isTitle] Tag is to be displayed in the title of page rather
than inline
@returns {table<string,string>} key-value pairs of attribute names and values
]]--
function make.tagAttribs(args, isTitle)
local attribs = {}
if util.getParameterValue(args, 'zoom') then
attribs.zoom = util.getParameterValue(args, 'zoom')
end
if util.isDeclined(util.getParameterValue(args, 'icon')) then
attribs.class = "no-icon"
end
if util.getParameterValue(args, 'type') == L10n.str.point and not coordsDerivedFromFeatures then
local lat, long = make.coords(args, 'plainOutput')
attribs.latitude = tostring(lat)
attribs.longitude = tostring(long)
end
if util.isAffirmed(util.getParameterValue(args, 'frame')) and not(isTitle) then
attribs.width = util.getParameterValue(args, 'frameWidth') or L10n.defaults.frameWidth
attribs.height = util.getParameterValue(args, 'frameHeight') or L10n.defaults.frameHeight
if util.getParameterValue(args, 'frameCoordinates') then
local frameLat, frameLong = util.parseCoords(util.getParameterValue(args, 'frameCoordinates'))
attribs.latitude = frameLat
attribs.longitude = frameLong
else
if util.getParameterValue(args, 'frameLatitude') then
attribs.latitude = util.getParameterValue(args, 'frameLatitude')
end
if util.getParameterValue(args, 'frameLongitude') then
attribs.longitude = util.getParameterValue(args, 'frameLongitude')
end
end
if not attribs.latitude and not attribs.longitude and not coordsDerivedFromFeatures then
local success, lat, long = pcall(util.wikidataCoords, util.getParameterValue(args, 'id') or wb.getEntityIdForCurrentPage())
if success then
attribs.latitude = tostring(lat)
attribs.longitude = tostring(long)
end
end
if util.getParameterValue(args, 'frameAlign') then
attribs.align = util.getParameterValue(args, 'frameAlign')
end
if util.isAffirmed(util.getParameterValue(args, 'plain')) then
attribs.frameless = "1"
else
attribs.text = util.getParameterValue(args, 'text') or L10n.defaults.text
end
else
attribs.text = util.getParameterValue(args, 'text') or L10n.defaults.text
end
return attribs
end

--[[
Makes maplink wikitext that will be located in the top-right of the title of the
page (the same place where coords with |display=title are positioned).
@param {table} args
@param {string} tagContent Content for the maplink tag
@returns {string}
]]--
function make.titleOutput(args, tagContent)
local titleTag = mw.text.tag('maplink', make.tagAttribs(args, true), tagContent)
local spanAttribs = {
style = "font-size: small;",
id = "mapframe-coordinates"
}
local indicatorContent = mw.text.tag('span', spanAttribs, titleTag)
return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag {
name = "indicator",
content = indicatorContent,
args = {
name = "zzz-mapframe" --zzz: show as last indicator
}
}
end

--[[
Makes maplink or mapframe wikitext that will be located inline.
@param {table} args
@param {string} tagContent Content for the maplink tag
@returns {string}
]]--
function make.inlineOutput(args, tagContent)
local tagName = 'maplink'
if util.getParameterValue(args, 'frame') then
tagName = 'mapframe'
end

return mw.text.tag(tagName, make.tagAttribs(args), tagContent)
end

--[[
Makes the HTML required for the swicther to work, including the templatestyles
tag.
@param {table} params table sequence of {map, label} tables
@param {string} params{}.map Wikitext for mapframe map
@param {string} params{}.label Label text for swicther option
@param {table} options
@param {string} options.alignment "left" or "center" or "right"
@param {boolean} options.isThumbnail Display in a thumbnail
@param {string} options.width Width of frame, e.g. "200"
@param {string} [options.caption] Caption wikitext for thumnail
@retruns {string} swicther HTML
]]--
function make.switcherHtml(params, options)
options = options or {}
local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
local styles = frame:extensionTag{
name = "templatestyles",
args = {src = "Template:Maplink/styles-multi.css"}
}
local container = mw.html.create("div")
:addClass("switcher-container")
:addClass("mapframe-multi-container")
if options.alignment == "left" or options.alignment == "right" then
container:addClass("float"..options.alignment)
else -- alignment is "center"
container:addClass("center")
end
for i = 1, #params do
container
:tag("div")
:wikitext(params[i].map)
:tag("span")
:addClass("switcher-label")
:css("display", "none")
:wikitext(mw.text.trim(params[i].label))
end
if not options.isThumbnail then
return styles .. tostring(container)
end
local classlist = container:getAttr("class")
classlist = mw.ustring.gsub(classlist, "%a*"..options.alignment, "")
container:attr("class", classlist)
local outerCountainer = mw.html.create("div")
:addClass("mapframe-multi-outer-container")
:addClass("mw-kartographer-container")
:addClass("thumb")
if options.alignment == "left" or options.alignment == "right" then
outerCountainer:addClass("float"..options.alignment)
else -- alignment is "center"
outerCountainer
:addClass("tnone")
:addClass("center")
end
outerCountainer
:tag("div")
:addClass("thumbinner")
:css("width", options.width.."px")
:node(container)
:node(options.caption and mw.html.create("div")
:addClass("thumbcaption")
:wikitext(options.caption)
)
return styles .. tostring(outerCountainer)
end

--[[
Makes the HTML required for an overlay map to work
tag.
@param {string} overlayMap wikitext for the overlay map
@param {string} baseMap wikitext for the base map
@param {table} options various styling/display options
@param {string} options.align "left" or "center" or "right"
@param {string|number} options.width Width of the base map, e.g. "300"
@param {string|number} options.width Height of the base map, e.g. "200"
@param {string} options.border Border style for the overlayed map, e.g. "1px solid white"
@param {string} options.horizontalAlignment Horizontal alignment for overlay map, "left" or "right"
@param {string|number} options.horizontalOffset Horizontal offset in pixels from the alignment edge, e.g "10"
@param {string} options.verticalAlignment Vertical alignment for overlay map, "top" or "bottom"
@param {string|number} options.verticalOffset Vertical offset in pixels from the alignment edge, e.g. is "10"
@param {boolean} options.isThumbnail Display in a thumbnail
@param {string} [options.caption] Caption wikitext for thumnail
@retruns {string} HTML for basemap with overlay
]]--
function make.overlayHtml(overlayMap, baseMap, options)
options = options or {}
local containerFloatClass = "float"..(options.align or "none")
if options.align == "center" then
containerFloatClass = "center"
end
local containerStyle = {
position = "relative",
width = options.width .. "px",
height = options.height .. "px",
overflow = "hidden" -- mobile/minerva tends to add scrollbars for a couple of pixels
}
if options.align == "center" then
containerStyle["margin-left"] = "auto"
containerStyle["margin-right"] = "auto"
end
local container = mw.html.create("div")
:addClass("mapframe-withOverlay-container")
:addClass(containerFloatClass)
:addClass("noresize")
:css(containerStyle)

local overlayStyle = {
position = "absolute",
["z-index"] = "1",
border = options.border or "1px solid white"
}
if options.horizontalAlignment == "right" then
overlayStyle.right = options.horizontalOffset .. "px"
else
overlayStyle.left = options.horizontalOffset .. "px"
end
if options.verticalAlignment == "bottom" then
overlayStyle.bottom = options.verticalOffset .. "px"
else
overlayStyle.top = options.verticalOffset .. "px"
end
local overlayDiv = mw.html.create("div")
:css(overlayStyle)
:wikitext(overlayMap)

container
:node(overlayDiv)
:wikitext(baseMap)

if not options.isThumbnail then
return tostring(container)
end
local classlist = container:getAttr("class")
classlist = mw.ustring.gsub(classlist, "%a*"..options.align, "")
container:attr("class", classlist)
local outerCountainer = mw.html.create("div")
:addClass("mapframe-withOverlay-outerContainer")
:addClass("mw-kartographer-container")
:addClass("thumb")
if options.align == "left" or options.align == "right" then
outerCountainer:addClass("t"..options.align)
else -- alignment is "center"
outerCountainer
:addClass("tnone")
:addClass("center")
end
outerCountainer
:tag("div")
:addClass("thumbinner")
:css("width", options.width.."px")
:node(container)
:node(options.caption and mw.html.create("div")
:addClass("thumbcaption")
:wikitext(options.caption)
)
return tostring(outerCountainer)

end

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Package to be exported, i.e. methods which will available to templates and
other modules.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------]]--
local p = {}

-- Entry point for templates
function p.main(frame)
local parent = frame.getParent(frame)
-- Check for overlay option
local overlay = util.getParameterValue(parent.args, 'overlay')
local hasOverlay = overlay and mw.text.trim(overlay) ~= ""
-- Check for switch option
local switch = util.getParameterValue(parent.args, 'switch')
local isMulti = switch and mw.text.trim(switch) ~= ""
-- Create output by choosing method to suit options
local output
if hasOverlay then
output = p.withOverlay(parent.args)
elseif isMulti then
output = p.multi(parent.args)
else
output = p._main(parent.args)
end
-- Preprocess output before returning it
return frame:preprocess(output)
end

-- Entry points for modules
function p._main(_args)
local args = util.trimArgs(_args)

local tagContent = make.content(args)

local display = mw.text.split(util.getParameterValue(args, 'display') or L10n.defaults.display, '%s*' .. L10n.str.dsep .. '%s*')
local displayInTitle = display[1] == L10n.str.title or display[2] == L10n.str.title
local displayInline = display[1] == L10n.str.inline or display[2] == L10n.str.inline

local output
if displayInTitle and displayInline then
output = make.titleOutput(args, tagContent) .. make.inlineOutput(args, tagContent)
elseif displayInTitle then
output = make.titleOutput(args, tagContent)
elseif displayInline then
output = make.inlineOutput(args, tagContent)
else
error(L10n.error.badDisplayPara)
end

return output
end

function p.multi(_args)
local args = util.trimArgs(_args)
if not args[L10n.para.switch] then error(L10n.error.noSwitchPara, 0) end
local switchParamValue = util.getParameterValue(args, 'switch')
local switchLabels = util.tableFromList(switchParamValue)
if #switchLabels == 1 then error(L10n.error.oneSwitchLabel, 0) end

local mapframeArgs = {}
local switchParams = {}
for name, val in pairs(args) do
-- Copy to mapframeArgs, if not the switch labels or a switch parameter
if val ~= switchParamValue and not string.match(val, "^"..L10n.str.switch..":") then
mapframeArgs[name] = val
end
-- Check if this is a param to switch. If so, store the name and switch
-- values in switchParams table.
local switchList = string.match(val, "^"..L10n.str.switch..":(.+)")
if switchList ~= nil then
local values = util.tableFromList(switchList)
if #values == 1 then
error(string.format(L10n.error.oneSwitchValue, name), 0)
end
switchParams[name] = values
end
end
if util.tableCount(switchParams) == 0 then
error(L10n.error.noSwitchLists, 0)
end
local switchCount = util.subTablesCount(switchParams)
if not switchCount then
error(L10n.error.switchMismatches, 0)
elseif switchCount > #switchLabels then
error(string.format(L10n.error.fewerSwitchLabels, switchCount, #switchLabels), 0)
end

-- Ensure a plain frame will be used (thumbnail will be built by the
-- make.switcherHtml function if required, so that switcher options are
-- inside the thumnail)
mapframeArgs.plain = "yes"

local switcher = {}
for i = 1, switchCount do
local label = switchLabels[i]
for name, values in pairs(switchParams) do
mapframeArgs[name] = values[i]
end
table.insert(switcher, {
map = p._main(mapframeArgs),
label = "Show "..label
})
end
return make.switcherHtml(switcher, {
alignment = args["frame-align"] or "right",
isThumbnail = (args.frame and not args.plain) and true or false,
width = args["frame-width"] or L10n.defaults.frameWidth,
caption = args.text
})
end

function p.withOverlay(_args)
-- Get and trim wikitext for overlay map
local overlayMap = _args.overlay
if type(overlayMap) == 'string' then
overlayMap = overlayMap:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
end
local isThumbnail = (util.getParameterValue(_args, "frame") and not util.getParameterValue(_args, "plain")) and true or false
-- Get base map using the _main function, as a plain map
local args = util.trimArgs(_args)
args.plain = "yes"
local basemap = p._main(args)
-- Extract overlay options from args
local overlayOptions = {
width = util.getParameterValue(args, "frameWidth") or L10n.defaults.frameWidth,
height = util.getParameterValue(args, "frameHeight") or L10n.defaults.frameHeight,
align = util.getParameterValue(args, "frameAlign") or L10n.defaults.frameAlign,
border = util.getParameterValue(args, "overlayBorder") or L10n.defaults.overlayBorder,
horizontalAlignment = util.getParameterValue(args, "overlayHorizontalAlignment") or L10n.defaults.overlayHorizontalAlignment,
horizontalOffset = util.getParameterValue(args, "overlayHorizontalOffset") or L10n.defaults.overlayHorizontalOffset,
verticalAlignment = util.getParameterValue(args, "overlayVerticalAlignment") or L10n.defaults.overlayVerticalAlignment,
verticalOffset = util.getParameterValue(args, "overlayVerticalOffset") or L10n.defaults.overlayVerticalOffset,
isThumbnail = isThumbnail,
caption = util.getParameterValue(args, "text") or L10n.defaults.text
}
-- Make the HTML for the overlaying maps
return make.overlayHtml(overlayMap, basemap, overlayOptions)
end

-- Entry point for testcase tests
p.test = util

return p

Module:WikidataIB

2026-06-15T12:50:03Z

Maintenance script: Sync shared ABC wiki compatibility fix from Phuketer

-- Version: 2023-07-10
-- Module to implement use of a blacklist and whitelist for infobox fields
-- Can take a named parameter |qid which is the Wikidata ID for the article
-- if not supplied, it will use the Wikidata ID associated with the current page.
-- Fields in blacklist are never to be displayed, i.e. module must return nil in all circumstances
-- Fields in whitelist return local value if it exists or the Wikidata value otherwise
-- The name of the field that this function is called from is passed in named parameter |name
-- The name is compulsory when blacklist or whitelist is used,
-- so the module returns nil if it is not supplied.
-- blacklist is passed in named parameter |suppressfields (or |spf)
-- whitelist is passed in named parameter |fetchwikidata (or |fwd)

require("strict")
local p = {}

local cdate -- initialise as nil and only load _complex_date function if needed
-- Module:Complex date is loaded lazily and has the following dependencies:
-- Module:Calendar
-- Module:ISOdate
-- Module:DateI18n
-- Module:I18n/complex date
-- Module:Ordinal
-- Module:I18n/ordinal
-- Module:Yesno
-- Module:Formatnum
-- Module:Linguistic
--
-- The following, taken from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Wikibase/DataModel#Dates_and_times,
-- is needed to use Module:Complex date which seemingly requires date precision as a string.
-- It would work better if only the authors of the mediawiki page could spell 'millennium'.
local dp = {
[6] = "millennium",
[7] = "century",
[8] = "decade",
[9] = "year",
[10] = "month",
[11] = "day",
}

local i18n =
{
["errors"] =
{
["property-not-found"] = "Property not found.",
["No property supplied"] = "No property supplied",
["entity-not-found"] = "Wikidata entity not found.",
["unknown-claim-type"] = "Unknown claim type.",
["unknown-entity-type"] = "Unknown entity type.",
["qualifier-not-found"] = "Qualifier not found.",
["site-not-found"] = "Wikimedia project not found.",
["labels-not-found"] = "No labels found.",
["descriptions-not-found"] = "No descriptions found.",
["aliases-not-found"] = "No aliases found.",
["unknown-datetime-format"] = "Unknown datetime format.",
["local-article-not-found"] = "Article is available on Wikidata, but not on Wikipedia",
["dab-page"] = " (dab)",
},
["months"] =
{
"January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June",
"July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December"
},
["century"] = "century",
["BC"] = "BC",
["BCE"] = "BCE",
["ordinal"] =
{
[1] = "st",
[2] = "nd",
[3] = "rd",
["default"] = "th"
},
["filespace"] = "File",
["Unknown"] = "Unknown",
["NaN"] = "Not a number",
-- set the following to the name of a tracking category,
-- e.g. "[[Category:Articles with missing Wikidata information]]", or "" to disable:
["missinginfocat"] = "[[Category:Articles with missing Wikidata information]]",
["editonwikidata"] = "Edit this on Wikidata",
["latestdatequalifier"] = function (date) return "before " .. date end,
-- some languages, e.g. Bosnian use a period as a suffix after each number in a date
["datenumbersuffix"] = "",
["list separator"] = ", ",
["multipliers"] = {
[0] = "",
[3] = " thousand",
[6] = " million",
[9] = " billion",
[12] = " trillion",
}
}
-- This allows an internationisation module to override the above table
if 'en' ~= mw.getContentLanguage():getCode() then
require("Module:i18n").loadI18n("Module:WikidataIB/i18n", i18n)
end

-- This piece of html implements a collapsible container. Check the classes exist on your wiki.
local collapsediv = '<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" style="width:100%; overflow:auto;" data-expandtext="{{int:show}}" data-collapsetext="{{int:hide}}">'

-- Some items should not be linked.
-- Each wiki can create a list of those in Module:WikidataIB/nolinks
-- It should return a table called itemsindex, containing true for each item not to be linked
local donotlink = {}
local nolinks_exists, nolinks = pcall(mw.loadData, "Module:WikidataIB/nolinks")
if nolinks_exists then
donotlink = nolinks.itemsindex
end

-- To satisfy Wikipedia:Manual of Style/Titles, certain types of items are italicised, and others are quoted.
-- The submodule [[Module:WikidataIB/titleformats]] lists the entity-ids used in 'instance of' (P31),
-- which allows this module to identify the values that should be formatted.
-- WikidataIB/titleformats exports a table p.formats, which is indexed by entity-id, and contains the value " or ''
local formats = {}
local titleformats_exists, titleformats = pcall(mw.loadData, "Module:WikidataIB/titleformats")
if titleformats_exists then
formats = titleformats.formats
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Private functions
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- makeOrdinal needs to be internationalised along with the above:
-- takes cardinal number as a numeric and returns the ordinal as a string
-- we need three exceptions in English for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 21st, .. 31st, etc.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local makeOrdinal = function(cardinal)
local ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal.default
if cardinal % 10 == 1 then
ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal[1]
elseif cardinal % 10 == 2 then
ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal[2]
elseif cardinal % 10 == 3 then
ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal[3]
end
-- In English, 1, 21, 31, etc. use 'st', but 11, 111, etc. use 'th'
-- similarly for 12 and 13, etc.
if (cardinal % 100 == 11) or (cardinal % 100 == 12) or (cardinal % 100 == 13) then
ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal.default
end
return tostring(cardinal) .. ordsuffix
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- findLang takes a "langcode" parameter if supplied and valid
-- otherwise it tries to create it from the user's set language ({{int:lang}})
-- failing that it uses the wiki's content language.
-- It returns a language object
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local findLang = function(langcode)
local langobj
langcode = mw.text.trim(langcode or "")
if mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag(langcode) then
langobj = mw.language.new( langcode )
else
langcode = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('int', {'lang'})
if mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag(langcode) then
langobj = mw.language.new( langcode )
else
langobj = mw.language.getContentLanguage()
end
end
return langobj
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- _getItemLangCode takes a qid parameter (using the current page's qid if blank)
-- If the item for that qid has property country (P17) it looks at the first preferred value
-- If the country has an official language (P37), it looks at the first preferred value
-- If that official language has a language code (P424), it returns the first preferred value
-- Otherwise it returns nothing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local _getItemLangCode = function(qid)
qid = mw.text.trim(qid or ""):upper()
if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
if not qid then return end
local prop17 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P17")[1]
if not prop17 or prop17.mainsnak.snaktype ~= "value" then return end
local qid17 = prop17.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
local prop37 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid17, "P37")[1]
if not prop37 or prop37.mainsnak.snaktype ~= "value" then return end
local qid37 = prop37.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
local prop424 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid37, "P424")[1]
if not prop424 or prop424.mainsnak.snaktype ~= "value" then return end
return prop424.mainsnak.datavalue.value
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- roundto takes a number (x)
-- and returns it rounded to (sf) significant figures
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local roundto = function(x, sf)
if x == 0 then return 0 end
local s = 1
if x < 0 then
x = -x
s = -1
end
if sf < 1 then sf = 1 end
local p = 10 ^ (math.floor(math.log10(x)) - sf + 1)
x = math.floor(x / p + 0.5) * p * s
-- if it's integral, cast to an integer:
if x == math.floor(x) then x = math.floor(x) end
return x
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- decimalToDMS takes a decimal degrees (x) with precision (p)
-- and returns degrees/minutes/seconds according to the precision
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local decimalToDMS = function(x, p)
-- if p is not supplied, use a precision around 0.1 seconds
if not tonumber(p) then p = 1e-4 end
local d = math.floor(x)
local ms = (x - d) * 60
if p > 0.5 then -- precision is > 1/2 a degree
if ms > 30 then d = d + 1 end
ms = 0
end
local m = math.floor(ms)
local s = (ms - m) * 60
if p > 0.008 then -- precision is > 1/2 a minute
if s > 30 then m = m +1 end
s = 0
elseif p > 0.00014 then -- precision is > 1/2 a second
s = math.floor(s + 0.5)
elseif p > 0.000014 then -- precision is > 1/20 second
s = math.floor(10 * s + 0.5) / 10
elseif p > 0.0000014 then -- precision is > 1/200 second
s = math.floor(100 * s + 0.5) / 100
else -- cap it at 3 dec places for now
s = math.floor(1000 * s + 0.5) / 1000
end
return d, m, s
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- decimalPrecision takes a decimal (x) with precision (p)
-- and returns x rounded approximately to the given precision
-- precision should be between 1 and 1e-6, preferably a power of 10.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local decimalPrecision = function(x, p)
local s = 1
if x < 0 then
x = -x
s = -1
end
-- if p is not supplied, pick an arbitrary precision
if not tonumber(p) then p = 1e-4
elseif p > 1 then p = 1
elseif p < 1e-6 then p = 1e-6
else p = 10 ^ math.floor(math.log10(p))
end
x = math.floor(x / p + 0.5) * p * s
-- if it's integral, cast to an integer:
if x == math.floor(x) then x = math.floor(x) end
-- if it's less than 1e-4, it will be in exponent form, so return a string with 6dp
-- 9e-5 becomes 0.000090
if math.abs(x) < 1e-4 then x = string.format("%f", x) end
return x
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- formatDate takes a datetime of the usual format from mw.wikibase.entity:formatPropertyValues
-- like "1 August 30 BCE" as parameter 1
-- and formats it according to the df (date format) and bc parameters
-- df = ["dmy" / "mdy" / "y"] default will be "dmy"
-- bc = ["BC" / "BCE"] default will be "BCE"
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local format_Date = function(datetime, dateformat, bc)
local datetime = datetime or "1 August 30 BCE" -- in case of nil value
-- chop off multiple vales and/or any hours, mins, etc.
-- keep anything before punctuation - we just want a single date:
local dateval = string.match( datetime, "[%w ]+")

local dateformat = string.lower(dateformat or "dmy") -- default to dmy

local bc = string.upper(bc or "") -- can't use nil for bc
-- we only want to accept two possibilities: BC or default to BCE
if bc == "BC" then
bc = " " .. i18n["BC"] -- prepend a non-breaking space.
else
bc = " " .. i18n["BCE"]
end

local postchrist = true -- start by assuming no BCE
local dateparts = {}
for word in string.gmatch(dateval, "%w+") do
if word == "BCE" or word == "BC" then -- *** internationalise later ***
postchrist = false
else
-- we'll keep the parts that are not 'BCE' in a table
dateparts[#dateparts + 1] = word
end
end
if postchrist then bc = "" end -- set AD dates to no suffix *** internationalise later ***

local sep = " " -- separator is nbsp
local fdate = table.concat(dateparts, sep) -- set formatted date to same order as input

-- if we have day month year, check dateformat
if #dateparts == 3 then
if dateformat == "y" then
fdate = dateparts[3]
elseif dateformat == "mdy" then
fdate = dateparts[2] .. sep .. dateparts[1] .. "," .. sep .. dateparts[3]
end
elseif #dateparts == 2 and dateformat == "y" then
fdate = dateparts[2]
end

return fdate .. bc
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- dateFormat is the handler for properties that are of type "time"
-- It takes timestamp, precision (6 to 11 per mediawiki), dateformat (y/dmy/mdy), BC format (BC/BCE),
-- a plaindate switch (yes/no/adj) to en/disable "sourcing circumstances"/use adjectival form,
-- any qualifiers for the property, the language, and any adjective to use like 'before'.
-- It passes the date through the "complex date" function
-- and returns a string with the internatonalised date formatted according to preferences.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang(); cdate(); dp[]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local dateFormat = function(timestamp, dprec, df, bcf, pd, qualifiers, lang, adj, model)
-- output formatting according to preferences (y/dmy/mdy/ymd)
df = (df or ""):lower()
-- if ymd is required, return the part of the timestamp in YYYY-MM-DD form
-- but apply Year zero#Astronomers fix: 1 BC = 0000; 2 BC = -0001; etc.
if df == "ymd" then
if timestamp:sub(1,1) == "+" then
return timestamp:sub(2,11)
else
local yr = tonumber(timestamp:sub(2,5)) - 1
yr = ("000" .. yr):sub(-4)
if yr ~= "0000" then yr = "-" .. yr end
return yr .. timestamp:sub(6,11)
end
end
-- A year can be stored like this: "+1872-00-00T00:00:00Z",
-- which is processed here as if it were the day before "+1872-01-01T00:00:00Z",
-- and that's the last day of 1871, so the year is wrong.
-- So fix the month 0, day 0 timestamp to become 1 January instead:
timestamp = timestamp:gsub("%-00%-00T", "-01-01T")
-- just in case date precision is missing
dprec = dprec or 11
-- override more precise dates if required dateformat is year alone:
if df == "y" and dprec > 9 then dprec = 9 end
-- complex date only deals with precisions from 6 to 11, so clip range
dprec = dprec>11 and 11 or dprec
dprec = dprec<6 and 6 or dprec
-- BC format is "BC" or "BCE"
bcf = (bcf or ""):upper()
-- plaindate only needs the first letter (y/n/a)
pd = (pd or ""):sub(1,1):lower()
if pd == "" or pd == "n" or pd == "f" or pd == "0" then pd = false end
-- in case language isn't passed
lang = lang or findLang().code
-- set adj as empty if nil
adj = adj or ""
-- extract the day, month, year from the timestamp
local bc = timestamp:sub(1, 1)=="-" and "BC" or ""
local year, month, day = timestamp:match("[+-](%d*)-(%d*)-(%d*)T")
local iso = tonumber(year) -- if year is missing, let it throw an error
-- this will adjust the date format to be compatible with cdate
-- possible formats are Y, YY, YYY0, YYYY, YYYY-MM, YYYY-MM-DD
if dprec == 6 then iso = math.floor( (iso - 1) / 1000 ) + 1 end
if dprec == 7 then iso = math.floor( (iso - 1) / 100 ) + 1 end
if dprec == 8 then iso = math.floor( iso / 10 ) .. "0" end
if dprec == 10 then iso = year .. "-" .. month end
if dprec == 11 then iso = year .. "-" .. month .. "-" .. day end
-- add "circa" (Q5727902) from "sourcing circumstances" (P1480)
local sc = not pd and qualifiers and qualifiers.P1480
if sc then
for k1, v1 in pairs(sc) do
if v1.datavalue and v1.datavalue.value.id == "Q5727902" then
adj = "circa"
break
end
end
end
-- deal with Julian dates:
-- no point in saying that dates before 1582 are Julian - they are by default
-- doesn't make sense for dates less precise than year
-- we can suppress it by setting |plaindate, e.g. for use in constructing categories.
local calendarmodel = ""
if tonumber(year) > 1582
and dprec > 8
and not pd
and model == "http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q1985786" then
calendarmodel = "julian"
end
if not cdate then
cdate = require("Module:Complex date")._complex_date
end
local fdate = cdate(calendarmodel, adj, tostring(iso), dp[dprec], bc, "", "", "", "", lang, 1)
-- this may have QuickStatements info appended to it in a div, so remove that
fdate = fdate:gsub(' <div style="display: none;">[^<]*</div>', '')
-- it may also be returned wrapped in a microformat, so remove that
fdate = fdate:gsub("<[^>]*>", "")
-- there may be leading zeros that we should remove
fdate = fdate:gsub("^0*", "")
-- if a plain date is required, then remove any links (like BC linked)
if pd then
fdate = fdate:gsub("%[%[.*|", ""):gsub("]]", "")
end
-- if 'circa', use the abbreviated form *** internationalise later ***
fdate = fdate:gsub('circa ', '<abbr title="circa">c.</abbr> ')
-- deal with BC/BCE
if bcf == "BCE" then
fdate = fdate:gsub('BC', 'BCE')
end
-- deal with mdy format
if df == "mdy" then
fdate = fdate:gsub("(%d+) (%w+) (%d+)", "%2 %1, %3")
end
-- deal with adjectival form *** internationalise later ***
if pd == "a" then
fdate = fdate:gsub(' century', '-century')
end
return fdate
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- parseParam takes a (string) parameter, e.g. from the list of frame arguments,
-- and makes "false", "no", and "0" into the (boolean) false
-- it makes the empty string and nil into the (boolean) value passed as default
-- allowing the parameter to be true or false by default.
-- It returns a boolean.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local parseParam = function(param, default)
if type(param) == "boolean" then param = tostring(param) end
if param and param ~= "" then
param = param:lower()
if (param == "false") or (param:sub(1,1) == "n") or (param == "0") then
return false
else
return true
end
else
return default
end
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- _getSitelink takes the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- It takes an optional parameter |wiki= to determine which wiki is to be checked for a sitelink
-- If the parameter is blank, then it uses the local wiki.
-- If there is a sitelink to an article available, it returns the plain text link to the article
-- If there is no sitelink, it returns nil.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local _getSitelink = function(qid, wiki)
qid = (qid or ""):upper()
if qid == "" then qid = (mw.wikibase and mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage and mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()) end
if not qid or not mw.wikibase then return nil end
wiki = wiki or ""
local sitelink
if wiki == "" then
sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid)
else
sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid, wiki)
end
return sitelink
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- _getCommonslink takes an optional qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- It returns one of the following in order of preference:
-- the Commons sitelink of the Wikidata entity - but not if onlycat=true and it's not a category;
-- the Commons sitelink of the topic's main category of the Wikidata entity;
-- the Commons category of the Wikidata entity - unless fallback=false.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getSitelink(); parseParam()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local _getCommonslink = function(qid, onlycat, fallback)
qid = (qid or ""):upper()
if qid == "" then
qid = (mw.wikibase and mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage and mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()) or nil
end
if not qid or not mw.wikibase then return nil end
onlycat = parseParam(onlycat, false)
if fallback == "" then fallback = nil end
local sitelink = _getSitelink(qid, "commonswiki")
if onlycat and sitelink and sitelink:sub(1,9) ~= "Category:" then sitelink = nil end
if not sitelink then
-- check for topic's main category
local prop910 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P910")[1]
if prop910 then
local tmcid = prop910.mainsnak.datavalue and prop910.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
sitelink = _getSitelink(tmcid, "commonswiki")
end
if not sitelink then
-- check for list's main category
local prop1754 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P1754")[1]
if prop1754 then
local tmcid = prop1754.mainsnak.datavalue and prop1754.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
sitelink = _getSitelink(tmcid, "commonswiki")
end
end
end
if not sitelink and fallback then
-- check for Commons category (string value)
local prop373 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P373")[1]
if prop373 then
sitelink = prop373.mainsnak.datavalue and prop373.mainsnak.datavalue.value
if sitelink then sitelink = "Category:" .. sitelink end
end
end
return sitelink
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- The label in a Wikidata item is subject to vulnerabilities
-- that an attacker might try to exploit.
-- It needs to be 'sanitised' by removing any wikitext before use.
-- If it doesn't exist, return the id for the item
-- a second (boolean) value is also returned, value is true when the label exists
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local labelOrId = function(id, lang)
if lang == "default" then lang = findLang().code end
local label
if lang then
label = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(id, lang)
else
label = mw.wikibase.getLabel(id)
end
if label then
return mw.text.nowiki(label), true
else
return id, false
end
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- linkedItem takes an entity-id and returns a string, linked if possible.
-- This is the handler for "wikibase-item". Preferences:
-- 1. Display linked disambiguated sitelink if it exists
-- 2. Display linked label if it is a redirect
-- 3. TBA: Display an inter-language link for the label if it exists other than in default language
-- 4. Display unlinked label if it exists
-- 5. Display entity-id for now to indicate a label could be provided
-- dtxt is text to be used instead of label, or nil.
-- shortname is boolean switch to use P1813 (short name) instead of label if true.
-- lang is the current language code.
-- uselbl is boolean switch to force display of the label instead of the sitelink (default: false)
-- linkredir is boolean switch to allow linking to a redirect (default: false)
-- formatvalue is boolean switch to allow formatting as italics or quoted (default: false)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: labelOrId(); donotlink[]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local linkedItem = function(id, args)
local lprefix = (args.lp or args.lprefix or args.linkprefix or ""):gsub('"', '') -- toughen against nil values passed
local lpostfix = (args.lpostfix or ""):gsub('"', '')
local prefix = (args.prefix or ""):gsub('"', '')
local postfix = (args.postfix or ""):gsub('"', '')
local dtxt = args.dtxt
local shortname = args.shortname or args.sn
local lang = args.lang or "en" -- fallback to default if missing
local uselbl = args.uselabel or args.uselbl
uselbl = parseParam(uselbl, false)
local linkredir = args.linkredir
linkredir = parseParam(linkredir, false)
local formatvalue = args.formatvalue or args.fv
formatvalue = parseParam(formatvalue, false)
-- see if item might need italics or quotes
local fmt = ""
if next(formats) and formatvalue then
for k, v in ipairs( mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P31") ) do
if v.mainsnak.datavalue and formats[v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id] then
fmt = formats[v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id]
break -- pick the first match
end
end
end
local disp
local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(id)
local label, islabel
if dtxt then
label, islabel = dtxt, true
elseif shortname then
-- see if there is a shortname in our language, and set label to it
for k, v in ipairs( mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P1813") ) do
if v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == lang then
label, islabel = v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text, true
break
end -- test for language match
end -- loop through values of short name
-- if we have no label set, then there was no shortname available
if not islabel then
label, islabel = labelOrId(id)
shortname = false
end
else
label, islabel = labelOrId(id)
end
if mw.site.siteName ~= "Wikimedia Commons" then
if sitelink then
if not (dtxt or shortname) then
-- if sitelink and label are the same except for case, no need to process further
if sitelink:lower() ~= label:lower() then
-- strip any namespace or dab from the sitelink
local pos = sitelink:find(":") or 0
local slink = sitelink
if pos > 0 then
local pfx = sitelink:sub(1,pos-1)
if mw.site.namespaces[pfx] then -- that prefix is a valid namespace, so remove it
slink = sitelink:sub(pos+1)
end
end
-- remove stuff after commas or inside parentheses - ie. dabs
slink = slink:gsub("%s%(.+%)$", ""):gsub(",.+$", "")
-- if uselbl is false, use sitelink instead of label
if not uselbl then
-- use slink as display, preserving label case - find("^%u") is true for 1st char uppercase
if label:find("^%u") then
label = slink:gsub("^(%l)", string.upper)
else
label = slink:gsub("^(%u)", string.lower)
end
end
end
end
if donotlink[label] then
disp = prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix
else
disp = "[[" .. lprefix .. sitelink .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix .. "]]"
end
elseif islabel then
-- no sitelink, label exists, so check if a redirect with that title exists, if linkredir is true
-- display plain label by default
disp = prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix
if linkredir then
local artitle = mw.title.new(label, 0) -- only nil if label has invalid chars
if not donotlink[label] and artitle and artitle.redirectTarget then
-- there's a redirect with the same title as the label, so let's link to that
disp = "[[".. lprefix .. label .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix .. "]]"
end
end -- test if article title exists as redirect on current Wiki
else
-- no sitelink and no label, so return whatever was returned from labelOrId for now
-- add tracking category [[Category:Articles with missing Wikidata information]]
-- for enwiki, just return the tracking category
if mw.wikibase.getGlobalSiteId() == "enwiki" then
disp = i18n.missinginfocat
else
disp = prefix .. label .. postfix .. i18n.missinginfocat
end
end
else
local ccat = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P373")[1]
if ccat and ccat.mainsnak.datavalue then
ccat = ccat.mainsnak.datavalue.value
disp = "[[" .. lprefix .. "Category:" .. ccat .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. label .. postfix .. "]]"
elseif sitelink then
-- this asumes that if a sitelink exists, then a label also exists
disp = "[[" .. lprefix .. sitelink .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. label .. postfix .. "]]"
else
-- no sitelink and no Commons cat, so return label from labelOrId for now
disp = prefix .. label .. postfix
end
end
return disp
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- sourced takes a table representing a statement that may or may not have references
-- it looks for a reference sourced to something not containing the word "wikipedia"
-- it returns a boolean = true if it finds a sourced reference.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local sourced = function(claim)
if claim.references then
for kr, vr in pairs(claim.references) do
local ref = mw.wikibase.renderSnaks(vr.snaks)
if not ref:find("Wiki") then
return true
end
end
end
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- setRanks takes a flag (parameter passed) that requests the values to return
-- "b[est]" returns preferred if available, otherwise normal
-- "p[referred]" returns preferred
-- "n[ormal]" returns normal
-- "d[eprecated]" returns deprecated
-- multiple values are allowed, e.g. "preferred normal" (which is the default)
-- "best" will override the other flags, and set p and n
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local setRanks = function(rank)
rank = (rank or ""):lower()
-- if nothing passed, return preferred and normal
-- if rank == "" then rank = "p n" end
local ranks = {}
for w in string.gmatch(rank, "%a+") do
w = w:sub(1,1)
if w == "b" or w == "p" or w == "n" or w == "d" then
ranks[w] = true
end
end
-- check if "best" is requested or no ranks requested; and if so, set preferred and normal
if ranks.b or not next(ranks) then
ranks.p = true
ranks.n = true
end
return ranks
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- parseInput processes the Q-id , the blacklist and the whitelist
-- if an input parameter is supplied, it returns that and ends the call.
-- it returns (1) either the qid or nil indicating whether or not the call should continue
-- and (2) a table containing all of the statements for the propertyID and relevant Qid
-- if "best" ranks are requested, it returns those instead of all non-deprecated ranks
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local parseInput = function(frame, input_parm, property_id)
-- There may be a local parameter supplied, if it's blank, set it to nil
input_parm = mw.text.trim(input_parm or "")
if input_parm == "" then input_parm = nil end

-- return nil if Wikidata is not available
if not mw.wikibase then return false, input_parm end

local args = frame.args

-- can take a named parameter |qid which is the Wikidata ID for the article.
-- if it's not supplied, use the id for the current page
local qid = args.qid or ""
if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
-- if there's no Wikidata item for the current page return nil
if not qid then return false, input_parm end

-- The blacklist is passed in named parameter |suppressfields
local blacklist = args.suppressfields or args.spf or ""

-- The whitelist is passed in named parameter |fetchwikidata
local whitelist = args.fetchwikidata or args.fwd or ""
if whitelist == "" then whitelist = "NONE" end

-- The name of the field that this function is called from is passed in named parameter |name
local fieldname = args.name or ""

if blacklist ~= "" then
-- The name is compulsory when blacklist is used, so return nil if it is not supplied
if fieldname == "" then return false, nil end
-- If this field is on the blacklist, then return nil
if blacklist:find(fieldname) then return false, nil end
end

-- If we got this far then we're not on the blacklist
-- The blacklist overrides any locally supplied parameter as well
-- If a non-blank input parameter was supplied return it
if input_parm then return false, input_parm end

-- We can filter out non-valid properties
if property_id:sub(1,1):upper() ~="P" or property_id == "P0" then return false, nil end

-- Otherwise see if this field is on the whitelist:
-- needs a bit more logic because find will return its second value = 0 if fieldname is ""
-- but nil if fieldname not found on whitelist
local _, found = whitelist:find(fieldname)
found = ((found or 0) > 0)
if whitelist ~= 'ALL' and (whitelist:upper() == "NONE" or not found) then
return false, nil
end

-- See what's on Wikidata (the call always returns a table, but it may be empty):
local props = {}
if args.reqranks.b then
props = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, property_id)
else
props = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid, property_id)
end
if props[1] then
return qid, props
end
-- no property on Wikidata
return false, nil
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- createicon assembles the "Edit at Wikidata" pen icon.
-- It returns a wikitext string inside a span class="penicon"
-- if entityID is nil or empty, the ID associated with current page is used
-- langcode and propertyID may be nil or empty
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: i18n[];
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local createicon = function(langcode, entityID, propertyID)
langcode = langcode or ""
if not entityID or entityID == "" then entityID= mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
propertyID = propertyID or ""
local icon = " [["
-- " [[" -> enable Wikidata Bridge
.. i18n["filespace"]
.. ":OOjs UI icon edit-ltr-progressive.svg |frameless |text-top |10px |alt="
.. i18n["editonwikidata"]
.. "|link=https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/" .. entityID
if langcode ~= "" then icon = icon .. "?uselang=" .. langcode end
if propertyID ~= "" then icon = icon .. "#" .. propertyID end
icon = icon .. "|" .. i18n["editonwikidata"] .. "]]"
return icon
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- assembleoutput takes the sequence table containing the property values
-- and formats it according to switches given. It returns a string or nil.
-- It uses the entityID (and optionally propertyID) to create a link in the pen icon.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local assembleoutput = function(out, args, entityID, propertyID)

-- sorted is a boolean passed to enable sorting of the values returned
-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false
-- if "false" or "no" or "0" is passed set it false
local sorted = parseParam(args.sorted, false)

-- noicon is a boolean passed to suppress the trailing "edit at Wikidata" icon
-- for use when the value is processed further by the infobox
-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false
-- if "false" or "no" or "0" is passed set it false
local noic = parseParam(args.noicon, false)

-- list is the name of a template that a list of multiple values is passed through
-- examples include "hlist" and "ubl"
-- setting it to "prose" produces something like "1, 2, 3, and 4"
local list = args.list or ""

-- sep is a string that is used to separate multiple returned values
-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it to the default
-- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed
-- e.g. |sep=" - "
local sepdefault = i18n["list separator"]
local separator = args.sep or ""
separator = string.gsub(separator, '"', '')
if separator == "" then
separator = sepdefault
end

-- collapse is a number that determines the maximum number of returned values
-- before the output is collapsed.
-- Zero or not a number result in no collapsing (default becomes 0).
local collapse = tonumber(args.collapse) or 0

-- replacetext (rt) is a string that is returned instead of any non-empty Wikidata value
-- this is useful for tracking and debugging
local replacetext = mw.text.trim(args.rt or args.replacetext or "")

-- if there's anything to return, then return a list
-- comma-separated by default, but may be specified by the sep parameter
-- optionally specify a hlist or ubl or a prose list, etc.
local strout
if #out > 0 then
if sorted then table.sort(out) end
-- if there's something to display and a pen icon is wanted, add it the end of the last value
local hasdisplay = false
for i, v in ipairs(out) do
if v ~= i18n.missinginfocat then
hasdisplay = true
break
end
end
if not noic and hasdisplay then
out[#out] = out[#out] .. createicon(args.langobj.code, entityID, propertyID)
end
if list == "" then
strout = table.concat(out, separator)
elseif list:lower() == "prose" then
strout = mw.text.listToText( out )
else
strout = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = list, args = out}
end
if collapse >0 and #out > collapse then
strout = collapsediv .. strout .. "</div>"
end
else
strout = nil -- no items had valid reference
end
if replacetext ~= "" and strout then strout = replacetext end
return strout
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- rendersnak takes a table (propval) containing the information stored on one property value
-- and returns the value as a string and its language if monolingual text.
-- It handles data of type:
-- wikibase-item
-- time
-- string, url, commonsMedia, external-id
-- quantity
-- globe-coordinate
-- monolingualtext
-- It also requires linked, the link/pre/postfixes, uabbr, and the arguments passed from frame.
-- The optional filter parameter allows quantities to be be filtered by unit Qid.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam(); labelOrId(); i18n[]; dateFormat();
-- roundto(); decimalPrecision(); decimalToDMS(); linkedItem();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local rendersnak = function(propval, args, linked, lpre, lpost, pre, post, uabbr, filter)
lpre = lpre or ""
lpost = lpost or ""
pre = pre or ""
post = post or ""
args.lang = args.lang or findLang().code
-- allow values to display a fixed text instead of label
local dtxt = args.displaytext or args.dt
if dtxt == "" then dtxt = nil end
-- switch to use display of short name (P1813) instead of label
local shortname = args.shortname or args.sn
shortname = parseParam(shortname, false)
local snak = propval.mainsnak or propval
local dtype = snak.datatype
local dv = snak.datavalue
dv = dv and dv.value
-- value and monolingual text language code returned
local val, mlt
if propval.rank and not args.reqranks[propval.rank:sub(1, 1)] then
-- val is nil: value has a rank that isn't requested
------------------------------------
elseif snak.snaktype == "somevalue" then -- value is unknown
val = i18n["Unknown"]
------------------------------------
elseif snak.snaktype == "novalue" then -- value is none
-- val = "No value" -- don't return anything
------------------------------------
elseif dtype == "wikibase-item" then -- data type is a wikibase item:
-- it's wiki-linked value, so output as link if enabled and possible
local qnumber = dv.id
if linked then
val = linkedItem(qnumber, args)
else -- no link wanted so check for display-text, otherwise test for lang code
local label, islabel
if dtxt then
label = dtxt
else
label, islabel = labelOrId(qnumber)
local langlabel = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(qnumber, args.lang)
if langlabel then
label = mw.text.nowiki( langlabel )
end
end
val = pre .. label .. post
end -- test for link required
------------------------------------
elseif dtype == "time" then -- data type is time:
-- time is in timestamp format
-- date precision is integer per mediawiki
-- output formatting according to preferences (y/dmy/mdy)
-- BC format as BC or BCE
-- plaindate is passed to disable looking for "sourcing cirumstances"
-- or to set the adjectival form
-- qualifiers (if any) is a nested table or nil
-- lang is given, or user language, or site language
--
-- Here we can check whether args.df has a value
-- If not, use code from Module:Sandbox/RexxS/Getdateformat to set it from templates like {{Use mdy dates}}
val = dateFormat(dv.time, dv.precision, args.df, args.bc, args.pd, propval.qualifiers, args.lang, "", dv.calendarmodel)
------------------------------------
-- data types which are strings:
elseif dtype == "commonsMedia" or dtype == "external-id" or dtype == "string" or dtype == "url" then
-- commonsMedia or external-id or string or url
-- all have mainsnak.datavalue.value as string
if (lpre == "" or lpre == ":") and lpost == "" then
-- don't link if no linkpre/postfix or linkprefix is just ":"
val = pre .. dv .. post
elseif dtype == "external-id" then
val = "[" .. lpre .. dv .. lpost .. " " .. pre .. dv .. post .. "]"
else
val = "[[" .. lpre .. dv .. lpost .. "|" .. pre .. dv .. post .. "]]"
end -- check for link requested (i.e. either linkprefix or linkpostfix exists)
------------------------------------
-- data types which are quantities:
elseif dtype == "quantity" then
-- quantities have mainsnak.datavalue.value.amount and mainsnak.datavalue.value.unit
-- the unit is of the form http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q829073
--
-- implement a switch to turn on/off numerical formatting later
local fnum = true
--
-- a switch to turn on/off conversions - only for en-wiki
local conv = parseParam(args.conv or args.convert, false)
-- if we have conversions, we won't have formatted numbers or scales
if conv then
uabbr = true
fnum = false
args.scale = "0"
end
--
-- a switch to turn on/off showing units, default is true
local showunits = parseParam(args.su or args.showunits, true)
--
-- convert amount to a number
local amount = tonumber(dv.amount) or i18n["NaN"]
--
-- scale factor for millions, billions, etc.
local sc = tostring(args.scale or ""):sub(1,1):lower()
local scale
if sc == "a" then
-- automatic scaling
if amount > 1e15 then
scale = 12
elseif amount > 1e12 then
scale = 9
elseif amount > 1e9 then
scale = 6
elseif amount > 1e6 then
scale = 3
else
scale = 0
end
else
scale = tonumber(args.scale) or 0
if scale < 0 or scale > 12 then scale = 0 end
scale = math.floor(scale/3) * 3
end
local factor = 10^scale
amount = amount / factor
-- ranges:
local range = ""
-- check if upper and/or lower bounds are given and significant
local upb = tonumber(dv.upperBound)
local lowb = tonumber(dv.lowerBound)
if upb and lowb then
-- differences rounded to 2 sig fig:
local posdif = roundto(upb - amount, 2) / factor
local negdif = roundto(amount - lowb, 2) / factor
upb, lowb = amount + posdif, amount - negdif
-- round scaled numbers to integers or 4 sig fig
if (scale > 0 or sc == "a") then
if amount < 1e4 then
amount = roundto(amount, 4)
else
amount = math.floor(amount + 0.5)
end
end
if fnum then amount = args.langobj:formatNum( amount ) end
if posdif ~= negdif then
-- non-symmetrical
range = " +" .. posdif .. " -" .. negdif
elseif posdif ~= 0 then
-- symmetrical and non-zero
range = " ±" .. posdif
else
-- otherwise range is zero, so leave it as ""
end
else
-- round scaled numbers to integers or 4 sig fig
if (scale > 0 or sc == "a") then
if amount < 1e4 then
amount = roundto(amount, 4)
else
amount = math.floor(amount + 0.5)
end
end
if fnum then amount = args.langobj:formatNum( amount ) end
end
-- unit names and symbols:
-- extract the qid in the form 'Qnnn' from the value.unit url
-- and then fetch the label from that - or symbol if unitabbr is true
local unit = ""
local usep = ""
local usym = ""
local unitqid = string.match( dv.unit, "(Q%d+)" )
if filter and unitqid ~= filter then return nil end
if unitqid and showunits then
local uname = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(unitqid, args.lang) or ""
if uname ~= "" then usep, unit = " ", uname end
if uabbr then
-- see if there's a unit symbol (P5061)
local unitsymbols = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(unitqid, "P5061")
-- construct fallback table, add local lang and multiple languages
local fbtbl = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( args.lang, mw.language.FALLBACK_STRICT )
table.insert( fbtbl, 1, args.lang )
table.insert( fbtbl, "mul" )
table.insert( fbtbl, "en" )
local found = false
for idx1, us in ipairs(unitsymbols) do
for idx2, fblang in ipairs(fbtbl) do
if us.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == fblang then
usym = us.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text
found = true
break
end
end -- loop through fallback table
if found then break end
end -- loop through values of P5061
if found then usep, unit = " ", usym end
end
end
-- format display:
if conv then
if range == "" then
val = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = "cvt", args = {amount, unit}}
else
val = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = "cvt", args = {lowb, "to", upb, unit}}
end
elseif unit == "$" or unit == "£" then
val = unit .. amount .. range .. i18n.multipliers[scale]
else
val = amount .. range .. i18n.multipliers[scale] .. usep .. unit
end
------------------------------------
-- datatypes which are global coordinates:
elseif dtype == "globe-coordinate" then
-- 'display' parameter defaults to "inline, title" *** unused for now ***
-- local disp = args.display or ""
-- if disp == "" then disp = "inline, title" end
--
-- format parameter switches from deg/min/sec to decimal degrees
-- default is deg/min/sec -- decimal degrees needs |format = dec
local form = (args.format or ""):lower():sub(1,3)
if form ~= "dec" then form = "dms" end -- not needed for now
--
-- show parameter allows just the latitude, or just the longitude, or both
-- to be returned as a signed decimal, ignoring the format parameter.
local show = (args.show or ""):lower()
if show ~= "longlat" then show = show:sub(1,3) end
--
local lat, long, prec = dv.latitude, dv.longitude, dv.precision
if show == "lat" then
val = decimalPrecision(lat, prec)
elseif show == "lon" then
val = decimalPrecision(long, prec)
elseif show == "longlat" then
val = decimalPrecision(long, prec) .. ", " .. decimalPrecision(lat, prec)
else
local ns = "N"
local ew = "E"
if lat < 0 then
ns = "S"
lat = - lat
end
if long < 0 then
ew = "W"
long = - long
end
if form == "dec" then
lat = decimalPrecision(lat, prec)
long = decimalPrecision(long, prec)
val = lat .. "°" .. ns .. " " .. long .. "°" .. ew
else
local latdeg, latmin, latsec = decimalToDMS(lat, prec)
local longdeg, longmin, longsec = decimalToDMS(long, prec)

if latsec == 0 and longsec == 0 then
if latmin == 0 and longmin == 0 then
val = latdeg .. "°" .. ns .. " " .. longdeg .. "°" .. ew
else
val = latdeg .. "°" .. latmin .. "′" .. ns .. " "
val = val .. longdeg .. "°".. longmin .. "′" .. ew
end
else
val = latdeg .. "°" .. latmin .. "′" .. latsec .. "″" .. ns .. " "
val = val .. longdeg .. "°" .. longmin .. "′" .. longsec .. "″" .. ew
end
end
end
------------------------------------
elseif dtype == "monolingualtext" then -- data type is Monolingual text:
-- has mainsnak.datavalue.value as a table containing language/text pairs
-- collect all the values in 'out' and languages in 'mlt' and process them later
val = pre .. dv.text .. post
mlt = dv.language
------------------------------------
else
-- some other data type so write a specific handler
val = "unknown data type: " .. dtype
end -- of datatype/unknown value/sourced check
return val, mlt
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- propertyvalueandquals takes a property object, the arguments passed from frame,
-- and a qualifier propertyID.
-- It returns a sequence (table) of values representing the values of that property
-- and qualifiers that match the qualifierID if supplied.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam(); sourced(); labelOrId(); i18n.latestdatequalifier(); format_Date();
-- makeOrdinal(); roundto(); decimalPrecision(); decimalToDMS(); assembleoutput();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local function propertyvalueandquals(objproperty, args, qualID)
-- needs this style of declaration because it's re-entrant

-- onlysourced is a boolean passed to return only values sourced to other than Wikipedia
-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true
local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)

-- linked is a a boolean that enables the link to a local page via sitelink
-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true
local linked = parseParam(args.linked, true)

-- prefix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters
-- this is prefixed to each value
-- useful when when multiple values are returned
-- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed
local prefix = (args.prefix or ""):gsub('"', '')

-- postfix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters
-- this is postfixed to each value
-- useful when when multiple values are returned
-- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed
local postfix = (args.postfix or ""):gsub('"', '')

-- linkprefix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters
-- this creates a link and is then prefixed to each value
-- useful when when multiple values are returned and indirect links are needed
-- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed
local lprefix = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '')

-- linkpostfix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters
-- this is postfixed to each value when linking is enabled with lprefix
-- useful when when multiple values are returned
-- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed
local lpostfix = (args.linkpostfix or ""):gsub('"', '')

-- wdlinks is a boolean passed to enable links to Wikidata when no article exists
-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false
local wdl = parseParam(args.wdlinks or args.wdl, false)

-- unitabbr is a boolean passed to enable unit abbreviations for common units
-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false
local uabbr = parseParam(args.unitabbr or args.uabbr, false)

-- qualsonly is a boolean passed to return just the qualifiers
-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false
local qualsonly = parseParam(args.qualsonly or args.qo, false)

-- maxvals is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a number
-- this determines how many items may be returned when multiple values are available
-- setting it = 1 is useful where the returned string is used within another call, e.g. image
local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0

-- pd (plain date) is a string: yes/true/1 | no/false/0 | adj
-- to disable/enable "sourcing cirumstances" or use adjectival form for the plain date
local pd = args.plaindate or args.pd or "no"
args.pd = pd

-- allow qualifiers to have a different date format; default to year unless qualsonly is set
args.qdf = args.qdf or args.qualifierdateformat or args.df or (not qualsonly and "y")

local lang = args.lang or findLang().code

-- qualID is a string list of wanted qualifiers or "ALL"
qualID = qualID or ""
-- capitalise list of wanted qualifiers and substitute "DATES"
qualID = qualID:upper():gsub("DATES", "P580, P582")
local allflag = (qualID == "ALL")
-- create table of wanted qualifiers as key
local qwanted = {}
-- create sequence of wanted qualifiers
local qorder = {}
for q in mw.text.gsplit(qualID, "%p") do -- split at punctuation and iterate
local qtrim = mw.text.trim(q)
if qtrim ~= "" then
qwanted[mw.text.trim(q)] = true
qorder[#qorder+1] = qtrim
end
end
-- qsep is the output separator for rendering qualifier list
local qsep = (args.qsep or ""):gsub('"', '')
-- qargs are the arguments to supply to assembleoutput()
local qargs = {
["osd"] = "false",
["linked"] = tostring(linked),
["prefix"] = args.qprefix,
["postfix"] = args.qpostfix,
["linkprefix"] = args.qlinkprefix or args.qlp,
["linkpostfix"] = args.qlinkpostfix,
["wdl"] = "false",
["unitabbr"] = tostring(uabbr),
["maxvals"] = 0,
["sorted"] = tostring(args.qsorted),
["noicon"] = "true",
["list"] = args.qlist,
["sep"] = qsep,
["langobj"] = args.langobj,
["lang"] = args.langobj.code,
["df"] = args.qdf,
["sn"] = parseParam(args.qsn or args.qshortname, false),
}

-- all proper values of a Wikidata property will be the same type as the first
-- qualifiers don't have a mainsnak, properties do
local datatype = objproperty[1].datatype or objproperty[1].mainsnak.datatype

-- out[] holds the a list of returned values for this property
-- mlt[] holds the language code if the datatype is monolingual text
local out = {}
local mlt = {}

for k, v in ipairs(objproperty) do
local hasvalue = true
if (onlysrc and not sourced(v)) then
-- no value: it isn't sourced when onlysourced=true
hasvalue = false
else
local val, lcode = rendersnak(v, args, linked, lprefix, lpostfix, prefix, postfix, uabbr)
if not val then
hasvalue = false -- rank doesn't match
elseif qualsonly and qualID then
-- suppress value returned: only qualifiers are requested
else
out[#out+1], mlt[#out+1] = val, lcode
end
end

-- See if qualifiers are to be returned:
local snak = v.mainsnak or v
if hasvalue and v.qualifiers and qualID ~= "" and snak.snaktype~="novalue" then
-- collect all wanted qualifier values returned in qlist, indexed by propertyID
local qlist = {}
local timestart, timeend = "", ""
-- loop through qualifiers
for k1, v1 in pairs(v.qualifiers) do
if allflag or qwanted[k1] then
if k1 == "P1326" then
local ts = v1[1].datavalue.value.time
local dp = v1[1].datavalue.value.precision
qlist[k1] = dateFormat(ts, dp, args.qdf, args.bc, pd, "", lang, "before")
elseif k1 == "P1319" then
local ts = v1[1].datavalue.value.time
local dp = v1[1].datavalue.value.precision
qlist[k1] = dateFormat(ts, dp, args.qdf, args.bc, pd, "", lang, "after")
elseif k1 == "P580" then
timestart = propertyvalueandquals(v1, qargs)[1] or "" -- treat only one start time as valid
elseif k1 == "P582" then
timeend = propertyvalueandquals(v1, qargs)[1] or "" -- treat only one end time as valid
else
local q = assembleoutput(propertyvalueandquals(v1, qargs), qargs)
-- we already deal with circa via 'sourcing circumstances' if the datatype was time
-- circa may be either linked or unlinked *** internationalise later ***
if datatype ~= "time" or q ~= "circa" and not (type(q) == "string" and q:find("circa]]")) then
qlist[k1] = q
end
end
end -- of test for wanted
end -- of loop through qualifiers
-- set date separator
local t = timestart .. timeend
-- *** internationalise date separators later ***
local dsep = "–"
if t:find("%s") or t:find(" ") then dsep = " – " end
-- set the order for the list of qualifiers returned; start time and end time go last
if next(qlist) then
local qlistout = {}
if allflag then
for k2, v2 in pairs(qlist) do
qlistout[#qlistout+1] = v2
end
else
for i2, v2 in ipairs(qorder) do
qlistout[#qlistout+1] = qlist[v2]
end
end
if t ~= "" then
qlistout[#qlistout+1] = timestart .. dsep .. timeend
end
local qstr = assembleoutput(qlistout, qargs)
if qualsonly then
out[#out+1] = qstr
else
out[#out] = out[#out] .. " (" .. qstr .. ")"
end
elseif t ~= "" then
if qualsonly then
if timestart == "" then
out[#out+1] = timeend
elseif timeend == "" then
out[#out+1] = timestart
else
out[#out+1] = timestart .. dsep .. timeend
end
else
out[#out] = out[#out] .. " (" .. timestart .. dsep .. timeend .. ")"
end
end
end -- of test for qualifiers wanted

if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end
end -- of for each value loop

-- we need to pick one value to return if the datatype was "monolingualtext"
-- if there's only one value, use that
-- otherwise look through the fallback languages for a match
if datatype == "monolingualtext" and #out >1 then
lang = mw.text.split( lang, '-', true )[1]
local fbtbl = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( lang )
table.insert( fbtbl, 1, lang )
local bestval = ""
local found = false
for idx1, lang1 in ipairs(fbtbl) do
for idx2, lang2 in ipairs(mlt) do
if (lang1 == lang2) and not found then
bestval = out[idx2]
found = true
break
end
end -- loop through values of property
end -- loop through fallback languages
if found then
-- replace output table with a table containing the best value
out = { bestval }
else
-- more than one value and none of them on the list of fallback languages
-- sod it, just give them the first one
out = { out[1] }
end
end
return out
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Common code for p.getValueByQual and p.getValueByLang
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local _getvaluebyqual = function(frame, qualID, checkvalue)

-- The property ID that will have a qualifier is the first unnamed parameter
local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "")
if propertyID == "" then return "no property supplied" end

if qualID == "" then return "no qualifier supplied" end

-- onlysourced is a boolean passed to return property values
-- only when property values are sourced to something other than Wikipedia
-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true
-- if "false" or "no" or 0 is passed set it false
local onlysrc = parseParam(frame.args.onlysourced or frame.args.osd, true)

-- set the requested ranks flags
frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank)

-- set a language object and code in the frame.args table
frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang)
frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code

local args = frame.args

-- check for locally supplied parameter in second unnamed parameter
-- success means no local parameter and the property exists
local qid, props = parseInput(frame, args[2], propertyID)

local linked = parseParam(args.linked, true)
local lpre = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '')
local lpost = (args.linkpostfix or ""):gsub('"', '')
local pre = (args.prefix or ""):gsub('"', '')
local post = (args.postfix or ""):gsub('"', '')
local uabbr = parseParam(args.unitabbr or args.uabbr, false)
local filter = (args.unit or ""):upper()
local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0
if filter == "" then filter = nil end

if qid then
local out = {}
-- Scan through the values of the property
-- we want something like property is "pronunciation audio (P443)" in propertyID
-- with a qualifier like "language of work or name (P407)" in qualID
-- whose value has the required ID, like "British English (Q7979)", in qval
for k1, v1 in ipairs(props) do
if v1.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then
-- check if it has the right qualifier
local v1q = v1.qualifiers
if v1q and v1q[qualID] then
if onlysrc == false or sourced(v1) then
-- if we've got this far, we have a (sourced) claim with qualifiers
-- so see if matches the required value
-- We'll only deal with wikibase-items and strings for now
if v1q[qualID][1].datatype == "wikibase-item" then
if checkvalue(v1q[qualID][1].datavalue.value.id) then
out[#out + 1] = rendersnak(v1, args, linked, lpre, lpost, pre, post, uabbr, filter)
end
elseif v1q[qualID][1].datatype == "string" then
if checkvalue(v1q[qualID][1].datavalue.value) then
out[#out + 1] = rendersnak(v1, args, linked, lpre, lpost, pre, post, uabbr, filter)
end
end
end -- of check for sourced
end -- of check for matching required value and has qualifiers
else
return nil
end -- of check for string
if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end
end -- of loop through values of propertyID
return assembleoutput(out, frame.args, qid, propertyID)
else
return props -- either local parameter or nothing
end -- of test for success
return nil
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- _location takes Q-id and follows P276 (location)
-- or P131 (located in the administrative territorial entity) or P706 (located on terrain feature)
-- from the initial item to higher level territories/locations until it reaches the highest.
-- An optional boolean, 'first', determines whether the first item is returned (default: false).
-- An optional boolean 'skip' toggles the display to skip to the last item (default: false).
-- It returns a table containing the locations - linked where possible, except for the highest.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang(); labelOrId(); linkedItem
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local _location = function(qid, first, skip)
first = parseParam(first, false)
skip = parseParam(skip, false)
local locs = {"P276", "P131", "P706"}
local out = {}
local langcode = findLang():getCode()
local finished = false
local count = 0
local prevqid = "Q0"
repeat
local prop
for i1, v1 in ipairs(locs) do
local proptbl = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, v1)
if #proptbl > 1 then
-- there is more than one higher location
local prevP131, prevP131id
if prevqid ~= "Q0" then
prevP131 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(prevqid, "P131")[1]
prevP131id = prevP131
and prevP131.mainsnak.datavalue
and prevP131.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
end
for i2, v2 in ipairs(proptbl) do
local parttbl = v2.qualifiers and v2.qualifiers.P518
if parttbl then
-- this higher location has qualifier 'applies to part' (P518)
for i3, v3 in ipairs(parttbl) do
if v3.snaktype == "value" and v3.datavalue.value.id == prevqid then
-- it has a value equal to the previous location
prop = proptbl[i2]
break
end -- of test for matching last location
end -- of loop through values of 'applies to part'
else
-- there's no qualifier 'applies to part' (P518)
-- so check if the previous location had a P131 that matches this alternate
if qid == prevP131id then
prop = proptbl[i2]
break
end -- of test for matching previous P131
end
end -- of loop through parent locations
-- fallback to second value if match not found
prop = prop or proptbl[2]
elseif #proptbl > 0 then
prop = proptbl[1]
end
if prop then break end
end

-- check if it's an instance of (P31) a country (Q6256) or sovereign state (Q3624078)
-- and terminate the chain if it is
local inst = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid, "P31")
if #inst > 0 then
for k, v in ipairs(inst) do
local instid = v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
-- stop if it's a country (or a country within the United Kingdom if skip is true)
if instid == "Q6256" or instid == "Q3624078" or (skip and instid == "Q3336843") then
prop = nil -- this will ensure this is treated as top-level location
break
end
end
end

-- get the name of this location and update qid to point to the parent location
if prop and prop.mainsnak.datavalue then
if not skip or count == 0 then
local args = { lprefix = ":" }
out[#out+1] = linkedItem(qid, args) -- get a linked value if we can
end
qid, prevqid = prop.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, qid
else
-- This is top-level location, so get short name except when this is the first item
-- Use full label if there's no short name or this is the first item
local prop1813 = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid, "P1813")
-- if there's a short name and this isn't the only item
if prop1813[1] and (#out > 0)then
local shortname
-- short name is monolingual text, so look for match to the local language
-- choose the shortest 'short name' in that language
for k, v in pairs(prop1813) do
if v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == langcode then
local name = v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text
if (not shortname) or (#name < #shortname) then
shortname = name
end
end
end
-- add the shortname if one is found, fallback to the label
-- but skip it if it's "USA"
if shortname ~= "USA" then
out[#out+1] = shortname or labelOrId(qid)
else
if skip then out[#out+1] = "US" end
end
else
-- no shortname, so just add the label
local loc = labelOrId(qid)
-- exceptions go here:
if loc == "United States of America" then
out[#out+1] = "United States"
else
out[#out+1] = loc
end
end
finished = true
end
count = count + 1
until finished or count >= 10 -- limit to 10 levels to avoid infinite loops

-- remove the first location if not required
if not first then table.remove(out, 1) end

-- we might have duplicate text for consecutive locations, so remove them
if #out > 2 then
local plain = {}
for i, v in ipairs(out) do
-- strip any links
plain[i] = v:gsub("^%[%[[^|]*|", ""):gsub("]]$", "")
end
local idx = 2
repeat
if plain[idx] == plain[idx-1] then
-- duplicate found
local removeidx = 0
if (plain[idx] ~= out[idx]) and (plain[idx-1] == out[idx-1]) then
-- only second one is linked, so drop the first
removeidx = idx - 1
elseif (plain[idx] == out[idx]) and (plain[idx-1] ~= out[idx-1]) then
-- only first one is linked, so drop the second
removeidx = idx
else
-- pick one
removeidx = idx - (os.time()%2)
end
table.remove(out, removeidx)
table.remove(plain, removeidx)
else
idx = idx +1
end
until idx >= #out
end
return out
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- _getsumofparts scans the property 'has part' (P527) for values matching a list.
-- The list (args.vlist) consists of a string of Qids separated by spaces or any usual punctuation.
-- If the matched values have a qualifer 'quantity' (P1114), those quantites are summed.
-- The sum is returned as a number (i.e. 0 if none)
-- a table of arguments is supplied implementing the usual parameters.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: setRanks; parseParam; parseInput; sourced; assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local _getsumofparts = function(args)
local vallist = (args.vlist or ""):upper()
if vallist == "" then return end
args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank)
local f = {}
f.args = args
local qid, props = parseInput(f, "", "P527")
if not qid then return 0 end
local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)
local sum = 0
for k1, v1 in ipairs(props) do
if (onlysrc == false or sourced(v1))
and v1.mainsnak.snaktype == "value"
and v1.mainsnak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid"
and vallist:match( v1.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id )
and v1.qualifiers
then
local quals = v1.qualifiers["P1114"]
if quals then
for k2, v2 in ipairs(quals) do
sum = sum + v2.datavalue.value.amount
end
end
end
end
return sum
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Public functions
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- _getValue makes the functionality of getValue available to other modules
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: setRanks; parseInput; propertyvalueandquals; assembleoutput; parseParam; sourced;
-- labelOrId; i18n.latestdatequalifier; format_Date; makeOrdinal; roundto; decimalPrecision; decimalToDMS;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p._getValue = function(args)
-- parameter sets for commonly used groups of parameters
local paraset = tonumber(args.ps or args.parameterset or 0)
if paraset == 1 then
-- a common setting, not usable in infoboxes because the 2018 RFC requires sources
args.rank = "best"
args.fetchwikidata = "ALL"
args.onlysourced = "no"
args.noicon = "true"
elseif paraset == 2 then
-- equivalent to raw, not usable in infoboxes because the 2018 RFC requires sources
args.rank = "best"
args.fetchwikidata = "ALL"
args.onlysourced = "no"
args.noicon = "true"
args.linked = "no"
args.pd = "true"
elseif paraset == 3 then
-- parameterset 1, but usable in infoboxes because the 2018 RFC requires sources
args.rank = "best"
args.fetchwikidata = "ALL"
args.onlysourced = "yes"
args.noicon = "true"
end

-- implement eid parameter
local eid = args.eid
if eid == "" then
return nil
elseif eid then
args.qid = eid
end

local propertyID = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "")

args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank)

-- replacetext (rt) is a string that is returned instead of any non-empty Wikidata value
-- this is useful for tracking and debugging, so we set fetchwikidata=ALL to fill the whitelist
local replacetext = mw.text.trim(args.rt or args.replacetext or "")
if replacetext ~= "" then
args.fetchwikidata = "ALL"
end

local f = {}
f.args = args
local entityid, props = parseInput(f, f.args[2], propertyID)

if not entityid then
return props -- either the input parameter or nothing
end

-- qual is a string containing the property ID of the qualifier(s) to be returned
-- if qual == "ALL" then all qualifiers returned
-- if qual == "DATES" then qualifiers P580 (start time) and P582 (end time) returned
-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it nil -> no qualifiers returned
local qualID = mw.text.trim(args.qual or ""):upper()
if qualID == "" then qualID = nil end

-- set a language object and code in the args table
args.langobj = findLang(args.lang)
args.lang = args.langobj.code

-- table 'out' stores the return value(s):
local out = propertyvalueandquals(props, args, qualID)

-- format the table of values and return it as a string:
return assembleoutput(out, args, entityid, propertyID)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getValue is used to get the value(s) of a property
-- The property ID is passed as the first unnamed parameter and is required.
-- A locally supplied parameter may optionaly be supplied as the second unnamed parameter.
-- The function will now also return qualifiers if parameter qual is supplied
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getValue; setRanks; parseInput; propertyvalueandquals; assembleoutput; parseParam; sourced;
-- labelOrId; i18n.latestdatequalifier; format_Date; makeOrdinal; roundto; decimalPrecision; decimalToDMS;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getValue = function(frame)
local args= frame.args
if not args[1] then
args = frame:getParent().args
if not args[1] then return i18n.errors["No property supplied"] end
end

return p._getValue(args)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getPreferredValue is used to get a value,
-- (or a comma separated list of them if multiple values exist).
-- If preferred ranks are set, it will return those values, otherwise values with normal ranks
-- now redundant to getValue with |rank=best
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: p.getValue; setRanks; parseInput; propertyvalueandquals; assembleoutput;
-- parseParam; sourced; labelOrId; i18n.latestdatequalifier; format_Date;
-- makeOrdinal; roundto; decimalPrecision; decimalToDMS;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getPreferredValue = function(frame)
frame.args.rank = "best"
return p.getValue(frame)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getCoords is used to get coordinates for display in an infobox
-- whitelist and blacklist are implemented
-- optional 'display' parameter is allowed, defaults to nil - was "inline, title"
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: setRanks(); parseInput(); decimalPrecision();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getCoords = function(frame)
local propertyID = "P625"

-- if there is a 'display' parameter supplied, use it
-- otherwise default to nothing
local disp = frame.args.display or ""
if disp == "" then
disp = nil -- default to not supplying display parameter, was "inline, title"
end

-- there may be a format parameter to switch from deg/min/sec to decimal degrees
-- default is deg/min/sec
-- decimal degrees needs |format = dec
local form = (frame.args.format or ""):lower():sub(1,3)
if form ~= "dec" then
form = "dms"
end

-- just deal with best values
frame.args.reqranks = setRanks("best")

local qid, props = parseInput(frame, frame.args[1], propertyID)
if not qid then
return props -- either local parameter or nothing
else
local dv = props[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value
local lat, long, prec = dv.latitude, dv.longitude, dv.precision
lat = decimalPrecision(lat, prec)
long = decimalPrecision(long, prec)
local lat_long = { lat, long }
lat_long["display"] = disp
lat_long["format"] = form
-- invoke template Coord with the values stored in the table
return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'coord', args = lat_long}
end
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getQualifierValue is used to get a formatted value of a qualifier
--
-- The call needs: a property (the unnamed parameter or 1=)
-- a target value for that property (pval=)
-- a qualifier for that target value (qual=)
-- The usual whitelisting and blacklisting of the property is implemented
-- The boolean onlysourced= parameter can be set to return nothing
-- when the property is unsourced (or only sourced to Wikipedia)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam(); setRanks(); parseInput(); sourced();
-- propertyvalueandquals(); assembleoutput();
-- labelOrId(); i18n.latestdatequalifier(); format_Date();
-- findLang(); makeOrdinal(); roundto(); decimalPrecision(); decimalToDMS();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getQualifierValue = function(frame)

-- The property ID that will have a qualifier is the first unnamed parameter
local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "")

-- The value of the property we want to match whose qualifier value is to be returned
-- is passed in named parameter |pval=
local propvalue = frame.args.pval

-- The property ID of the qualifier
-- whose value is to be returned is passed in named parameter |qual=
local qualifierID = frame.args.qual

-- A filter can be set like this: filter=P642==Q22674854
local filter, fprop, fval
local ftable = mw.text.split(frame.args.filter or "", "==")
if ftable[2] then
fprop = mw.text.trim(ftable[1])
fval = mw.text.trim(ftable[2])
filter = true
end

-- onlysourced is a boolean passed to return qualifiers
-- only when property values are sourced to something other than Wikipedia
-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true
-- if "false" or "no" or 0 is passed set it false
local onlysrc = parseParam(frame.args.onlysourced or frame.args.osd, true)

-- set a language object and language code in the frame.args table
frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang)
frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code

-- set the requested ranks flags
frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank)

-- check for locally supplied parameter in second unnamed parameter
-- success means no local parameter and the property exists
local qid, props = parseInput(frame, frame.args[2], propertyID)
if qid then
local out = {}
-- Scan through the values of the property
-- we want something like property is P793, significant event (in propertyID)
-- whose value is something like Q385378, construction (in propvalue)
-- then we can return the value(s) of a qualifier such as P580, start time (in qualifierID)
for k1, v1 in pairs(props) do
if v1.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" and v1.mainsnak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid" then
-- It's a wiki-linked value, so check if it's the target (in propvalue) and if it has qualifiers
if v1.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id == propvalue and v1.qualifiers then
if onlysrc == false or sourced(v1) then
-- if we've got this far, we have a (sourced) claim with qualifiers
-- which matches the target, so apply the filter and find the value(s) of the qualifier we want
if not filter or (v1.qualifiers[fprop] and v1.qualifiers[fprop][1].datavalue.value.id == fval) then
local quals = v1.qualifiers[qualifierID]
if quals then
-- can't reference qualifer, so set onlysourced = "no" (args are strings, not boolean)
local qargs = frame.args
qargs.onlysourced = "no"
local vals = propertyvalueandquals(quals, qargs, qid)
for k, v in ipairs(vals) do
out[#out + 1] = v
end
end
end
end -- of check for sourced
end -- of check for matching required value and has qualifiers
end -- of check for wikibase entity
end -- of loop through values of propertyID
return assembleoutput(out, frame.args, qid, propertyID)
else
return props -- either local parameter or nothing
end -- of test for success
return nil
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getSumOfParts scans the property 'has part' (P527) for values matching a list.
-- The list is passed in parameter vlist.
-- It consists of a string of Qids separated by spaces or any usual punctuation.
-- If the matched values have a qualifier 'quantity' (P1114), those quantities are summed.
-- The sum is returned as a number or nothing if zero.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getsumofparts;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getSumOfParts = function(frame)
local sum = _getsumofparts(frame.args)
if sum == 0 then return end
return sum
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getValueByQual gets the value of a property which has a qualifier with a given entity value
-- The call needs:
-- a property ID (the unnamed parameter or 1=Pxxx)
-- the ID of a qualifier for that property (qualID=Pyyy)
-- either the Wikibase-entity ID of a value for that qualifier (qvalue=Qzzz)
-- or a string value for that qualifier (qvalue=abc123)
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getvaluebyqual; parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced;
-- assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getValueByQual = function(frame)
local qualID = frame.args.qualID
-- The Q-id of the value for the qualifier we want to match is in named parameter |qvalue=
local qval = frame.args.qvalue or ""
if qval == "" then return "no qualifier value supplied" end
local function checkQID(id)
return id == qval
end
return _getvaluebyqual(frame, qualID, checkQID)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getValueByLang gets the value of a property which has a qualifier P407
-- ("language of work or name") whose value has the given language code
-- The call needs:
-- a property ID (the unnamed parameter or 1=Pxxx)
-- the MediaWiki language code to match the language (lang=xx[-yy])
-- (if no code is supplied, it uses the default language)
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getvaluebyqual; parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getValueByLang = function(frame)
-- The language code for the qualifier we want to match is in named parameter |lang=
local langcode = findLang(frame.args.lang).code
local function checkLanguage(id)
-- id should represent a language like "British English (Q7979)"
-- it should have string property "Wikimedia language code (P424)"
-- qlcode will be a table:
local qlcode = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P424")
if (#qlcode > 0) and (qlcode[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value == langcode) then
return true
end
end
return _getvaluebyqual(frame, "P407", checkLanguage)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getValueByRefSource gets the value of a property which has a reference "stated in" (P248)
-- whose value has the given entity-ID.
-- The call needs:
-- a property ID (the unnamed parameter or 1=Pxxx)
-- the entity ID of a value to match where the reference is stated in (match=Qzzz)
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getValueByRefSource = function(frame)
-- The property ID that we want to check is the first unnamed parameter
local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or ""):upper()
if propertyID == "" then return "no property supplied" end

-- The Q-id of the value we want to match is in named parameter |qvalue=
local qval = (frame.args.match or ""):upper()
if qval == "" then qval = "Q21540096" end

local unit = (frame.args.unit or ""):upper()
if unit == "" then unit = "Q4917" end

local onlysrc = parseParam(frame.args.onlysourced or frame.args.osd, true)

-- set the requested ranks flags
frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank)

-- set a language object and code in the frame.args table
frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang)
frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code

local linked = parseParam(frame.args.linked, true)

local uabbr = parseParam(frame.args.uabbr or frame.args.unitabbr, false)

-- qid not nil means no local parameter and the property exists
local qid, props = parseInput(frame, frame.args[2], propertyID)

if qid then
local out = {}
local mlt= {}
for k1, v1 in ipairs(props) do
if onlysrc == false or sourced(v1) then
if v1.references then
for k2, v2 in ipairs(v1.references) do
if v2.snaks.P248 then
for k3, v3 in ipairs(v2.snaks.P248) do
if v3.datavalue.value.id == qval then
out[#out+1], mlt[#out+1] = rendersnak(v1, frame.args, linked, "", "", "", "", uabbr, unit)
if not mlt[#out] then
-- we only need one match per property value
-- unless datatype was monolingual text
break
end
end -- of test for match
end -- of loop through values "stated in"
end -- of test that "stated in" exists
end -- of loop through references
end -- of test that references exist
end -- of test for sourced
end -- of loop through values of propertyID
if #mlt > 0 then
local langcode = frame.args.lang
langcode = mw.text.split( langcode, '-', true )[1]
local fbtbl = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( langcode )
table.insert( fbtbl, 1, langcode )
local bestval = ""
local found = false
for idx1, lang1 in ipairs(fbtbl) do
for idx2, lang2 in ipairs(mlt) do
if (lang1 == lang2) and not found then
bestval = out[idx2]
found = true
break
end
end -- loop through values of property
end -- loop through fallback languages
if found then
-- replace output table with a table containing the best value
out = { bestval }
else
-- more than one value and none of them on the list of fallback languages
-- sod it, just give them the first one
out = { out[1] }
end
end
return assembleoutput(out, frame.args, qid, propertyID)
else
return props -- no property or local parameter supplied
end -- of test for success
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getPropertyIDs takes most of the usual parameters.
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented.
-- It returns the Entity-IDs (Qids) of the values of a property if it is a Wikibase-Entity.
-- Otherwise it returns nothing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p._getPropertyIDs = function(args)
args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank)
args.langobj = findLang(args.lang)
args.lang = args.langobj.code
-- change default for noicon to true
args.noicon = tostring(parseParam(args.noicon or "", true))
local f = {}
f.args = args
local pid = mw.text.trim(args[1] or ""):upper()

-- get the qid and table of claims for the property, or nothing and the local value passed
local qid, props = parseInput(f, args[2], pid)
if not qid then return props end
if not props[1] then return nil end
local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)
local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0

local out = {}
for i, v in ipairs(props) do
local snak = v.mainsnak
if ( snak.datatype == "wikibase-item" )
and ( v.rank and args.reqranks[v.rank:sub(1, 1)] )
and ( snak.snaktype == "value" )
and ( sourced(v) or not onlysrc )
then
out[#out+1] = snak.datavalue.value.id
end
if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end
end

return assembleoutput(out, args, qid, pid)
end

p.getPropertyIDs = function(frame)
local args = frame.args
return p._getPropertyIDs(args)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getQualifierIDs takes most of the usual parameters.
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented.
-- It takes a property-id as the first unnamed parameter, and an optional parameter qlist
-- which is a list of qualifier property-ids to search for (default is "ALL")
-- It returns the Entity-IDs (Qids) of the values of a property if it is a Wikibase-Entity.
-- Otherwise it returns nothing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getQualifierIDs = function(frame)
local args = frame.args
args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank)
args.langobj = findLang(args.lang)
args.lang = args.langobj.code
-- change default for noicon to true
args.noicon = tostring(parseParam(args.noicon or "", true))
local f = {}
f.args = args
local pid = mw.text.trim(args[1] or ""):upper()

-- get the qid and table of claims for the property, or nothing and the local value passed
local qid, props = parseInput(f, args[2], pid)
if not qid then return props end
if not props[1] then return nil end
-- get the other parameters
local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)
local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0
local qlist = args.qlist or ""
if qlist == "" then qlist = "ALL" end
qlist = qlist:gsub("[%p%s]+", " ") .. " "

local out = {}
for i, v in ipairs(props) do
local snak = v.mainsnak
if ( v.rank and args.reqranks[v.rank:sub(1, 1)] )
and ( snak.snaktype == "value" )
and ( sourced(v) or not onlysrc )
then
if v.qualifiers then
for k1, v1 in pairs(v.qualifiers) do
if qlist == "ALL " or qlist:match(k1 .. " ") then
for i2, v2 in ipairs(v1) do
if v2.datatype == "wikibase-item" and v2.snaktype == "value" then
out[#out+1] = v2.datavalue.value.id
end -- of test that id exists
end -- of loop through qualifier values
end -- of test for kq in qlist
end -- of loop through qualifiers
end -- of test for qualifiers
end -- of test for rank value, sourced, and value exists
if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end
end -- of loop through property values

return assembleoutput(out, args, qid, pid)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getPropOfProp takes two propertyIDs: prop1 and prop2 (as well as the usual parameters)
-- If the value(s) of prop1 are of type "wikibase-item" then it returns the value(s) of prop2
-- of each of those wikibase-items.
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p._getPropOfProp = function(args)
-- parameter sets for commonly used groups of parameters
local paraset = tonumber(args.ps or args.parameterset or 0)
if paraset == 1 then
-- a common setting
args.rank = "best"
args.fetchwikidata = "ALL"
args.onlysourced = "no"
args.noicon = "true"
elseif paraset == 2 then
-- equivalent to raw
args.rank = "best"
args.fetchwikidata = "ALL"
args.onlysourced = "no"
args.noicon = "true"
args.linked = "no"
args.pd = "true"
elseif paraset == 3 then
-- third set goes here
end

args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank)
args.langobj = findLang(args.lang)
args.lang = args.langobj.code
local pid1 = args.prop1 or args.pid1 or ""
local pid2 = args.prop2 or args.pid2 or ""
if pid1 == "" or pid2 == "" then return nil end

local f = {}
f.args = args
local qid1, statements1 = parseInput(f, args[1], pid1)
-- parseInput nulls empty args[1] and returns args[1] if nothing on Wikidata
if not qid1 then return statements1 end
-- otherwise it returns the qid and a table for the statement
local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)
local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0
local qualID = mw.text.trim(args.qual or ""):upper()
if qualID == "" then qualID = nil end
local out = {}
for k, v in ipairs(statements1) do
if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then
local snak = v.mainsnak
if snak.datatype == "wikibase-item" and snak.snaktype == "value" then
local qid2 = snak.datavalue.value.id
local statements2 = {}
if args.reqranks.b then
statements2 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid2, pid2)
else
statements2 = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid2, pid2)
end
if statements2[1] then
local out2 = propertyvalueandquals(statements2, args, qualID)
out[#out+1] = assembleoutput(out2, args, qid2, pid2)
end
end -- of test for valid property1 value
end -- of test for sourced
if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end
end -- of loop through values of property1
return assembleoutput(out, args, qid1, pid1)
end

p.getPropOfProp = function(frame)
local args= frame.args
if not args.prop1 and not args.pid1 then
args = frame:getParent().args
if not args.prop1 and not args.pid1 then return i18n.errors["No property supplied"] end
end

return p._getPropOfProp(args)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAwardCat takes most of the usual parameters. If the item has values of P166 (award received),
-- then it examines each of those awards for P2517 (category for recipients of this award).
-- If it exists, it returns the corresponding category,
-- with the item's P734 (family name) as sort key, or no sort key if there is no family name.
-- The sort key may be overridden by the parameter |sortkey (alias |sk).
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAwardCat = function(frame)
frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank)
frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang)
frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code
local args = frame.args
args.sep = " "
local pid1 = args.prop1 or "P166"
local pid2 = args.prop2 or "P2517"
if pid1 == "" or pid2 == "" then return nil end
-- locally supplied value:
local localval = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "")
local qid1, statements1 = parseInput(frame, localval, pid1)
if not qid1 then return localval end
-- linkprefix (strip quotes)
local lp = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '')
-- sort key (strip quotes, hyphens and periods):
local sk = (args.sortkey or args.sk or ""):gsub('["-.]', '')
-- family name:
local famname = ""
if sk == "" then
local p734 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid1, "P734")[1]
local p734id = p734 and p734.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" and p734.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id or ""
famname = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(p734id) or ""
-- strip namespace and disambigation
local pos = famname:find(":") or 0
famname = famname:sub(pos+1):gsub("%s%(.+%)$", "")
if famname == "" then
local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabel(p734id)
famname = lbl and mw.text.nowiki(lbl) or ""
end
end
local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)
local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0
local qualID = mw.text.trim(args.qual or ""):upper()
if qualID == "" then qualID = nil end
local out = {}
for k, v in ipairs(statements1) do
if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then
local snak = v.mainsnak
if snak.datatype == "wikibase-item" and snak.snaktype == "value" then
local qid2 = snak.datavalue.value.id
local statements2 = {}
if args.reqranks.b then
statements2 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid2, pid2)
else
statements2 = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid2, pid2)
end
if statements2[1] and statements2[1].mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then
local qid3 = statements2[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid3)
-- if there's no local sitelink, create the sitelink from English label
if not sitelink then
local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(qid3, "en")
if lbl then
if lbl:sub(1,9) == "Category:" then
sitelink = mw.text.nowiki(lbl)
else
sitelink = "Category:" .. mw.text.nowiki(lbl)
end
end
end
if sitelink then
if sk ~= "" then
out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. sitelink .. "|" .. sk .. "]]"
elseif famname ~= "" then
out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. sitelink .. "|" .. famname .. "]]"
else
out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. sitelink .. "]]"
end -- of check for sort keys
end -- of test for sitelink
end -- of test for category
end -- of test for wikibase item has a value
end -- of test for sourced
if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end
end -- of loop through values of property1
return assembleoutput(out, args, qid1, pid1)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getIntersectCat takes most of the usual parameters.
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-- It takes two properties, |prop1 and |prop2 (e.g. occupation and country of citizenship)
-- Each property's value is a wiki-base entity
-- For each value of the first parameter (ranks implemented) it fetches the value's main category
-- and then each value of the second parameter (possibly substituting a simpler description)
-- then it returns all of the categories representing the intersection of those properties,
-- (e.g. Category:Actors from Canada). A joining term may be supplied (e.g. |join=from).
-- The item's P734 (family name) is the sort key, or no sort key if there is no family name.
-- The sort key may be overridden by the parameter |sortkey (alias |sk).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getIntersectCat = function(frame)
frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank)
frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang)
frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code
local args = frame.args
args.sep = " "
args.linked = "no"
local pid1 = args.prop1 or "P106"
local pid2 = args.prop2 or "P27"
if pid1 == "" or pid2 == "" then return nil end
local qid, statements1 = parseInput(frame, "", pid1)
if not qid then return nil end
local qid, statements2 = parseInput(frame, "", pid2)
if not qid then return nil end
-- topics like countries may have different names in categories from their label in Wikidata
local subs_exists, subs = pcall(mw.loadData, "Module:WikidataIB/subs")
local join = args.join or ""
local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)
local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0
-- linkprefix (strip quotes)
local lp = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '')
-- sort key (strip quotes, hyphens and periods):
local sk = (args.sortkey or args.sk or ""):gsub('["-.]', '')
-- family name:
local famname = ""
if sk == "" then
local p734 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P734")[1]
local p734id = p734 and p734.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" and p734.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id or ""
famname = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(p734id) or ""
-- strip namespace and disambigation
local pos = famname:find(":") or 0
famname = famname:sub(pos+1):gsub("%s%(.+%)$", "")
if famname == "" then
local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabel(p734id)
famname = lbl and mw.text.nowiki(lbl) or ""
end
end
local cat1 = {}
for k, v in ipairs(statements1) do
if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then
-- get the ID representing the value of the property
local pvalID = (v.mainsnak.snaktype == "value") and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
if pvalID then
-- get the topic's main category (P910) for that entity
local p910 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(pvalID, "P910")[1]
if p910 and p910.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then
local tmcID = p910.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
-- use sitelink or the English label for the cat
local cat = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(tmcID)
if not cat then
local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(tmcID, "en")
if lbl then
if lbl:sub(1,9) == "Category:" then
cat = mw.text.nowiki(lbl)
else
cat = "Category:" .. mw.text.nowiki(lbl)
end
end
end
cat1[#cat1+1] = cat
end -- of test for topic's main category exists
end -- of test for property has vaild value
end -- of test for sourced
if maxvals > 0 and #cat1 >= maxvals then break end
end
local cat2 = {}
for k, v in ipairs(statements2) do
if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then
local cat = rendersnak(v, args)
if subs[cat] then cat = subs[cat] end
cat2[#cat2+1] = cat
end
if maxvals > 0 and #cat2 >= maxvals then break end
end
local out = {}
for k1, v1 in ipairs(cat1) do
for k2, v2 in ipairs(cat2) do
if sk ~= "" then
out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. v1 .. " " .. join .. " " .. v2 .. "|" .. sk .. "]]"
elseif famname ~= "" then
out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. v1 .. " " .. join .. " " .. v2 .. "|" .. famname .. "]]"
else
out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. v1 .. " " .. join .. " " .. v2 .. "]]"
end -- of check for sort keys
end
end
args.noicon = "true"
return assembleoutput(out, args, qid, pid1)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- qualsToTable takes most of the usual parameters.
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented.
-- A qid may be given, and the first unnamed parameter is the property ID, which is of type wikibase item.
-- It takes a list of qualifier property IDs as |quals=
-- For a given qid and property, it creates the rows of an html table,
-- each row being a value of the property (optionally only if the property matches the value in |pval= )
-- each cell being the first value of the qualifier corresponding to the list in |quals
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.qualsToTable = function(frame)
local args = frame.args

local quals = args.quals or ""
if quals == "" then return "" end

args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank)

local propertyID = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "")
local f = {}
f.args = args
local entityid, props = parseInput(f, "", propertyID)
if not entityid then return "" end

args.langobj = findLang(args.lang)
args.lang = args.langobj.code

local pval = args.pval or ""

local qplist = mw.text.split(quals, "%p") -- split at punctuation and make a sequential table
for i, v in ipairs(qplist) do
qplist[i] = mw.text.trim(v):upper() -- remove whitespace and capitalise
end

local col1 = args.firstcol or ""
if col1 ~= "" then
col1 = col1 .. "</td><td>"
end

local emptycell = args.emptycell or " "

-- construct a 2-D array of qualifier values in qvals
local qvals = {}
for i, v in ipairs(props) do
local skip = false
if pval ~= "" then
local pid = v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
if pid ~= pval then skip = true end
end
if not skip then
local qval = {}
local vqualifiers = v.qualifiers or {}
-- go through list of wanted qualifier properties
for i1, v1 in ipairs(qplist) do
-- check for that property ID in the statement's qualifiers
local qv, qtype
if vqualifiers[v1] then
qtype = vqualifiers[v1][1].datatype
if qtype == "time" then
if vqualifiers[v1][1].snaktype == "value" then
qv = mw.wikibase.renderSnak(vqualifiers[v1][1])
qv = frame:expandTemplate{title="dts", args={qv}}
else
qv = "?"
end
elseif qtype == "url" then
if vqualifiers[v1][1].snaktype == "value" then
qv = mw.wikibase.renderSnak(vqualifiers[v1][1])
local display = mw.ustring.match( mw.uri.decode(qv, "WIKI"), "([%w ]+)$" )
if display then
qv = "[" .. qv .. " " .. display .. "]"
end
end
else
qv = mw.wikibase.formatValue(vqualifiers[v1][1])
end
end
-- record either the value or a placeholder
qval[i1] = qv or emptycell
end -- of loop through list of qualifiers
-- add the list of qualifier values as a "row" in the main list
qvals[#qvals+1] = qval
end
end -- of for each value loop

local out = {}
for i, v in ipairs(qvals) do
out[i] = "<tr><td>" .. col1 .. table.concat(qvals[i], "</td><td>") .. "</td></tr>"
end
return table.concat(out, "\n")
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getGlobe takes an optional qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- otherwise it uses the linked item for the current page.
-- If returns the Qid of the globe used in P625 (coordinate location),
-- or nil if there isn't one.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getGlobe = function(frame)
local qid = frame.args.qid or frame.args[1] or ""
if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
local coords = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1]
local globeid
if coords and coords.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then
globeid = coords.mainsnak.datavalue.value.globe:match("(Q%d+)")
end
return globeid
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getCommonsLink takes an optional qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- It returns one of the following in order of preference:
-- the Commons sitelink of the linked Wikidata item;
-- the Commons sitelink of the topic's main category of the linked Wikidata item;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getCommonslink(); _getSitelink(); parseParam()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getCommonsLink = function(frame)
local oc = frame.args.onlycat or frame.args.onlycategories
local fb = parseParam(frame.args.fallback or frame.args.fb, true)
return _getCommonslink(frame.args.qid, oc, fb)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getSitelink takes the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- It takes an optional parameter |wiki= to determine which wiki is to be checked for a sitelink
-- If the parameter is blank, then it uses the local wiki.
-- If there is a sitelink to an article available, it returns the plain text link to the article
-- If there is no sitelink, it returns nil.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getSiteLink = function(frame)
return _getSitelink(frame.args.qid, frame.args.wiki or mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or ""))
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getLink has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid=
-- If there is a sitelink to an article on the local Wiki, it returns a link to the article
-- with the Wikidata label as the displayed text.
-- If there is no sitelink, it returns the label as plain text.
-- If there is no label in the local language, it displays the qid instead.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getLink = function(frame)
local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "")
if itemID == "" then return end
local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(itemID)
local label = labelOrId(itemID)
if sitelink then
return "[[:" .. sitelink .. "|" .. label .. "]]"
else
return label
end
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getLabel has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid=
-- It returns the Wikidata label for the local language as plain text.
-- If there is no label in the local language, it displays the qid instead.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getLabel = function(frame)
local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "")
if itemID == "" then return end
local lang = frame.args.lang or ""
if lang == "" then lang = nil end
local label = labelOrId(itemID, lang)
return label
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- label has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid=
-- if no qid is supplied, it uses the qid associated with the current page.
-- It returns the Wikidata label for the local language as plain text.
-- If there is no label in the local language, it returns nil.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.label = function(frame)
local qid = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "")
if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
if not qid then return end
local lang = frame.args.lang or ""
if lang == "" then lang = nil end
local label, success = labelOrId(qid, lang)
if success then return label end
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAT (Article Title)
-- has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid=
-- If there is a sitelink to an article on the local Wiki, it returns the sitelink as plain text.
-- If there is no sitelink or qid supplied, it returns nothing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAT = function(frame)
local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "")
if itemID == "" then return end
return mw.wikibase.getSitelink(itemID)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getDescription has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- (it defaults to the associated qid of the current article if omitted)
-- and a local parameter passed as the first unnamed parameter.
-- Any local parameter passed (other than "Wikidata" or "none") becomes the return value.
-- It returns the article description for the Wikidata entity if the local parameter is "Wikidata".
-- Nothing is returned if the description doesn't exist or "none" is passed as the local parameter.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getDescription = function(frame)
local desc = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "")
local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args.qid or "")
if itemID == "" then itemID = nil end
if desc:lower() == 'wikidata' then
return mw.wikibase.getDescription(itemID)
elseif desc:lower() == 'none' then
return nil
else
return desc
end
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAliases has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- (it defaults to the associated qid of the current article if omitted)
-- and a local parameter passed as the first unnamed parameter.
-- It implements blacklisting and whitelisting with a field name of "alias" by default.
-- Any local parameter passed becomes the return value.
-- Otherwise it returns the aliases for the Wikidata entity with the usual list options.
-- Nothing is returned if the aliases do not exist.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang(); assembleoutput()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAliases = function(frame)
local args = frame.args

local fieldname = args.name or ""
if fieldname == "" then fieldname = "alias" end

local blacklist = args.suppressfields or args.spf or ""
if blacklist:find(fieldname) then return nil end

local localval = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "")
if localval ~= "" then return localval end

local whitelist = args.fetchwikidata or args.fwd or ""
if whitelist == "" then whitelist = "NONE" end
if not (whitelist == 'ALL' or whitelist:find(fieldname)) then return nil end

local qid = args.qid or ""
if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return nil end

local aliases = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).aliases
if not aliases then return nil end

args.langobj = findLang(args.lang)
local langcode = args.langobj.code
args.lang = langcode

local out = {}
for k1, v1 in pairs(aliases) do
if v1[1].language == langcode then
for k1, v2 in ipairs(v1) do
out[#out+1] = v2.value
end
break
end
end

return assembleoutput(out, args, qid)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- pageId returns the page id (entity ID, Qnnn) of the current page
-- returns nothing if the page is not connected to Wikidata
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.pageId = function(frame)
return (mw.wikibase and mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage and mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()) or nil
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- formatDate is a wrapper to export the private function format_Date
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: format_Date();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.formatDate = function(frame)
return format_Date(frame.args[1], frame.args.df, frame.args.bc)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- location is a wrapper to export the private function _location
-- it takes the entity-id as qid or the first unnamed parameter
-- optional boolean parameter first toggles the display of the first item
-- optional boolean parameter skip toggles the display to skip to the last item
-- parameter debug=<y/n> (default 'n') adds error msg if not a location
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _location();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.location = function(frame)
local debug = (frame.args.debug or ""):sub(1, 1):lower()
if debug == "" then debug = "n" end
local qid = mw.text.trim(frame.args.qid or frame.args[1] or ""):upper()
if qid == "" then qid=mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
if not qid then
if debug ~= "n" then
return i18n.errors["entity-not-found"]
else
return nil
end
end
local first = mw.text.trim(frame.args.first or "")
local skip = mw.text.trim(frame.args.skip or "")
return table.concat( _location(qid, first, skip), ", " )
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- checkBlacklist implements a test to check whether a named field is allowed
-- returns true if the field is not blacklisted (i.e. allowed)
-- returns false if the field is blacklisted (i.e. disallowed)
-- {{#if:{{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkBlacklist |name=Joe |suppressfields=Dave; Joe; Fred}} | not blacklisted | blacklisted}}
-- displays "blacklisted"
-- {{#if:{{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkBlacklist |name=Jim |suppressfields=Dave; Joe; Fred}} | not blacklisted | blacklisted}}
-- displays "not blacklisted"
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.checkBlacklist = function(frame)
local blacklist = frame.args.suppressfields or frame.args.spf or ""
local fieldname = frame.args.name or ""
if blacklist ~= "" and fieldname ~= "" then
if blacklist:find(fieldname) then
return false
else
return true
end
else
-- one of the fields is missing: let's call that "not on the list"
return true
end
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- emptyor returns nil if its first unnamed argument is just punctuation, whitespace or html tags
-- otherwise it returns the argument unchanged (including leading/trailing space).
-- If the argument may contain "=", then it must be called explicitly:
-- |1=arg
-- (In that case, leading and trailing spaces are trimmed)
-- It finds use in infoboxes where it can replace tests like:
-- {{#if: {{#invoke:WikidatIB |getvalue |P99 |fwd=ALL}} | {{#invoke:WikidatIB |getvalue |P99 |fwd=ALL}} | }}
-- with a form that uses just a single call to Wikidata:
-- {{#invoke |WikidataIB |emptyor |1= {{#invoke:WikidataIB |getvalue |P99 |fwd=ALL}} }}
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.emptyor = function(frame)
local s = frame.args[1] or ""
if s == "" then return nil end
local sx = s:gsub("%s", ""):gsub("<[^>]*>", ""):gsub("%p", "")
if sx == "" then
return nil
else
return s
end
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- labelorid is a public function to expose the output of labelOrId()
-- Pass the Q-number as |qid= or as an unnamed parameter.
-- It returns the Wikidata label for that entity or the qid if no label exists.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: labelOrId
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.labelorid = function(frame)
return (labelOrId(frame.args.qid or frame.args[1]))
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getLang returns the MediaWiki language code of the current content.
-- If optional parameter |style=full, it returns the language name.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getLang = function(frame)
local style = (frame.args.style or ""):lower()
local langcode = mw.language.getContentLanguage().code
if style == "full" then
return mw.language.fetchLanguageName( langcode )
end
return langcode
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getItemLangCode takes a qid parameter (using the current page's qid if blank)
-- If the item for that qid has property country (P17) it looks at the first preferred value
-- If the country has an official language (P37), it looks at the first preferred value
-- If that official language has a language code (P424), it returns the first preferred value
-- Otherwise it returns nothing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getItemLangCode()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getItemLangCode = function(frame)
return _getItemLangCode(frame.args.qid or frame.args[1])
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- findLanguage exports the local findLang() function
-- It takes an optional language code and returns, in order of preference:
-- the code if a known language;
-- the user's language, if set;
-- the server's content language.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.findLanguage = function(frame)
return findLang(frame.args.lang or frame.args[1]).code
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getQid returns the qid, if supplied
-- failing that, the Wikidata entity ID of the "category's main topic (P301)", if it exists
-- failing that, the Wikidata entity ID associated with the current page, if it exists
-- otherwise, nothing
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getQid = function(frame)
local qid = (frame.args.qid or ""):upper()
-- check if a qid was passed; if so, return it:
if qid ~= "" then return qid end
-- check if there's a "category's main topic (P301)":
qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()
if qid then
local prop301 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P301")
if prop301[1] then
local mctid = prop301[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
if mctid then return mctid end
end
end
-- otherwise return the page qid (if any)
return qid
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- followQid takes four optional parameters: qid, props, list and all.
-- If qid is not given, it uses the qid for the connected page
-- or returns nil if there isn't one.
-- props is a list of properties, separated by punctuation.
-- If props is given, the Wikidata item for the qid is examined for each property in turn.
-- If that property contains a value that is another Wikibase-item, that item's qid is returned,
-- and the search terminates, unless |all=y when all of the qids are returned, separated by spaces.
-- If |list= is set to a template, the qids are passed as arguments to the template.
-- If props is not given, the qid is returned.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p._followQid = function(args)
local qid = (args.qid or ""):upper()
local all = parseParam(args.all, false)
local list = args.list or ""
if list == "" then list = nil end
if qid == "" then
qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()
end
if not qid then return nil end
local out = {}
local props = (args.props or ""):upper()
if props ~= "" then
for p in mw.text.gsplit(props, "%p") do -- split at punctuation and iterate
p = mw.text.trim(p)
for i, v in ipairs( mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, p) ) do
local linkedid = v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
if linkedid then
if all then
out[#out+1] = linkedid
else
return linkedid
end -- test for all or just the first one found
end -- test for value exists for that property
end -- loop through values of property to follow
end -- loop through list of properties to follow
end
if #out > 0 then
local ret = ""
if list then
ret = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = list, args = out}
else
ret = table.concat(out, " ")
end
return ret
else
return qid
end
end

p.followQid = function(frame)
return p._followQid(frame.args)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- globalSiteID returns the globalSiteID for the current wiki
-- e.g. returns "enwiki" for the English Wikipedia, "enwikisource" for English Wikisource, etc.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.globalSiteID = function(frame)
return mw.wikibase.getGlobalSiteId()
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- siteID returns the root of the globalSiteID
-- e.g. "en" for "enwiki", "enwikisource", etc.
-- treats "en-gb" as "en", etc.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.siteID = function(frame)
local txtlang = frame:callParserFunction('int', {'lang'}) or ""
-- This deals with specific exceptions: be-tarask -> be-x-old
if txtlang == "be-tarask" then
return "be_x_old"
end
local pos = txtlang:find("-")
local ret = ""
if pos then
ret = txtlang:sub(1, pos-1)
else
ret = txtlang
end
return ret
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- projID returns the code used to link to the reader's language's project
-- e.g "en" for [[:en:WikidataIB]]
-- treats "en-gb" as "en", etc.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.projID = function(frame)
local txtlang = frame:callParserFunction('int', {'lang'}) or ""
-- This deals with specific exceptions: be-tarask -> be-x-old
if txtlang == "be-tarask" then
return "be-x-old"
end
local pos = txtlang:find("-")
local ret = ""
if pos then
ret = txtlang:sub(1, pos-1)
else
ret = txtlang
end
return ret
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- formatNumber formats a number according to the the supplied language code ("|lang=")
-- or the default language if not supplied.
-- The number is the first unnamed parameter or "|num="
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.formatNumber = function(frame)
local lang
local num = tonumber(frame.args[1] or frame.args.num) or 0
lang = findLang(frame.args.lang)
return lang:formatNum( num )
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- examine dumps the property (the unnamed parameter or pid)
-- from the item given by the parameter 'qid' (or the other unnamed parameter)
-- or from the item corresponding to the current page if qid is not supplied.
-- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |examine |pid=P26 |qid=Q42}}
-- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |examine |P26 |Q42}} or any combination of these
-- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |examine |P26}} for the current page.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.examine = function( frame )
local args
if frame.args[1] or frame.args.pid or frame.args.qid then
args = frame.args
else
args = frame:getParent().args
end
local par = {}
local pid = (args.pid or ""):upper()
local qid = (args.qid or ""):upper()
par[1] = mw.text.trim( args[1] or "" ):upper()
par[2] = mw.text.trim( args[2] or "" ):upper()
table.sort(par)
if par[2]:sub(1,1) == "P" then par[1], par[2] = par[2], par[1] end
if pid == "" then pid = par[1] end
if qid == "" then qid = par[2] end
local q1 = qid:sub(1,1)
if pid:sub(1,1) ~= "P" then return "No property supplied" end
if q1 ~= "Q" and q1 ~= "M" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
if not qid then return "No item for this page" end
return "<pre>" .. mw.dumpObject( mw.wikibase.getAllStatements( qid, pid ) ) .. "</pre>"
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- checkvalue looks for 'val' as a wikibase-item value of a property (the unnamed parameter or pid)
-- from the item given by the parameter 'qid'
-- or from the Wikidata item associated with the current page if qid is not supplied.
-- It only checks ranks that are requested (preferred and normal by default)
-- If property is not supplied, then P31 (instance of) is assumed.
-- It returns val if found or nothing if not found.
-- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |pid=P31 |qid=Q42}}
-- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |P31 |qid=Q42}}
-- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |qid=Q42}}
-- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |P31}} for the current page.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.checkvalue = function( frame )
local args
if frame.args.val then
args = frame.args
else
args = frame:getParent().args
end
local val = args.val
if not val then return nil end
local pid = mw.text.trim(args.pid or args[1] or "P31"):upper()
local qid = (args.qid or ""):upper()
if pid:sub(1,1) ~= "P" then return nil end
if qid:sub(1,1) ~= "Q" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
if not qid then return nil end
local ranks = setRanks(args.rank)
local stats = {}
if ranks.b then
stats = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, pid)
else
stats = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements( qid, pid )
end
if not stats[1] then return nil end
if stats[1].mainsnak.datatype == "wikibase-item" then
for k, v in pairs( stats ) do
local ms = v.mainsnak
if ranks[v.rank:sub(1,1)] and ms.snaktype == "value" and ms.datavalue.value.id == val then
return val
end
end
end
return nil
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- url2 takes a parameter url= that is a proper url and formats it for use in an infobox.
-- If no parameter is supplied, it returns nothing.
-- This is the equivalent of Template:URL
-- but it keeps the "edit at Wikidata" pen icon out of the microformat.
-- Usually it will take its url parameter directly from a Wikidata call:
-- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |url2 |url={{wdib |P856 |qid=Q23317 |fwd=ALL |osd=no}} }}
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.url2 = function(frame)
local txt = frame.args.url or ""
if txt == "" then return nil end
-- extract any icon
local url, icon = txt:match("(.+) (.+)")
-- make sure there's at least a space at the end
url = (url or txt) .. " "
icon = icon or ""
-- extract any protocol like https://
local prot = url:match("(https*://).+[ \"\']")
-- extract address
local addr = ""
if prot then
addr = url:match("https*://(.+)[ \"\']") or " "
else
prot = "//"
addr = url:match("[^%p%s]+%.(.+)[ \"\']") or " "
end
-- strip trailing / from end of domain-only url and add before . and /
local disp, n = addr:gsub( "^([^/]+)/$", "%1" ):gsub("%/", "/"):gsub("%.", ".")
return '[' .. prot .. addr .. " " .. disp .. "] " .. icon
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getWebsite fetches the Official website (P856) and formats it for use in an infobox.
-- This is similar to Template:Official website but with a url displayed,
-- and it adds the "edit at Wikidata" pen icon beyond the microformat if enabled.
-- A local value will override the Wikidata value. "NONE" returns nothing.
-- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |getWebsite |qid= |noicon= |lang= |url= }}
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang(); parseParam();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getWebsite = function(frame)
local url = frame.args.url or ""
if url:upper() == "NONE" then return nil end
local urls = {}
local quals = {}
local qid = frame.args.qid or ""
if url and url ~= "" then
urls[1] = url
else
if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
if not qid then return nil end

local prop856 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P856")
for k, v in pairs(prop856) do
if v.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then
urls[#urls+1] = v.mainsnak.datavalue.value
if v.qualifiers and v.qualifiers["P1065"] then
-- just take the first archive url (P1065)
local au = v.qualifiers["P1065"][1]
if au.snaktype == "value" then
quals[#urls] = au.datavalue.value
end -- test for archive url having a value
end -- test for qualifers
end -- test for website having a value
end -- loop through website(s)
end
if #urls == 0 then return nil end

local out = {}
for i, u in ipairs(urls) do
local link = quals[i] or u
local prot, addr = u:match("(http[s]*://)(.+)")
addr = addr or u
local disp, n = addr:gsub("%.", "%.")
out[#out+1] = '[' .. link .. " " .. disp .. "]"
end

local langcode = findLang(frame.args.lang).code
local noicon = parseParam(frame.args.noicon, false)
if url == "" and not noicon then
out[#out] = out[#out] .. createicon(langcode, qid, "P856")
end

local ret = ""
if #out > 1 then
ret = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = "ubl", args = out}
else
ret = out[1]
end

return ret
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAllLabels fetches the set of labels and formats it for display as wikitext.
-- It takes a parameter 'qid' for arbitrary access, otherwise it uses the current page.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAllLabels = function(frame)
local args = frame.args or frame:getParent().args or {}

local qid = args.qid or ""
if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return i18n["entity-not-found"] end

local labels = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).labels
if not labels then return i18n["labels-not-found"] end

local out = {}
for k, v in pairs(labels) do
out[#out+1] = v.value .. " (" .. v.language .. ")"
end

return table.concat(out, "; ")
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAllDescriptions fetches the set of descriptions and formats it for display as wikitext.
-- It takes a parameter 'qid' for arbitrary access, otherwise it uses the current page.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAllDescriptions = function(frame)
local args = frame.args or frame:getParent().args or {}

local qid = args.qid or ""
if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return i18n["entity-not-found"] end

local descriptions = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).descriptions
if not descriptions then return i18n["descriptions-not-found"] end

local out = {}
for k, v in pairs(descriptions) do
out[#out+1] = v.value .. " (" .. v.language .. ")"
end

return table.concat(out, "; ")
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAllAliases fetches the set of aliases and formats it for display as wikitext.
-- It takes a parameter 'qid' for arbitrary access, otherwise it uses the current page.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAllAliases = function(frame)
local args = frame.args or frame:getParent().args or {}

local qid = args.qid or ""
if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return i18n["entity-not-found"] end

local aliases = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).aliases
if not aliases then return i18n["aliases-not-found"] end

local out = {}
for k1, v1 in pairs(aliases) do
local lang = v1[1].language
local val = {}
for k1, v2 in ipairs(v1) do
val[#val+1] = v2.value
end
out[#out+1] = table.concat(val, ", ") .. " (" .. lang .. ")"
end

return table.concat(out, "; ")
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- showNoLinks displays the article titles that should not be linked.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.showNoLinks = function(frame)
local out = {}
for k, v in pairs(donotlink) do
out[#out+1] = k
end
table.sort( out )
return table.concat(out, "; ")
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- checkValidity checks whether the first unnamed parameter represents a valid entity-id,
-- that is, something like Q1235 or P123.
-- It returns the strings "true" or "false".
-- Change false to nil to return "true" or "" (easier to test with #if:).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.checkValidity(frame)
local id = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "")
if mw.wikibase.isValidEntityId(id) then
return true
else
return false
end
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getEntityFromTitle returns the Entity-ID (Q-number) for a given title.
-- Modification of Module:ResolveEntityId
-- The title is the first unnamed parameter.
-- The site parameter determines the site/language for the title. Defaults to current wiki.
-- The showdab parameter determines whether dab pages should return the Q-number or nil. Defaults to true.
-- Returns the Q-number or nil if it does not exist.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.getEntityFromTitle(frame)
local args=frame.args
if not args[1] then args=frame:getParent().args end
if not args[1] then return nil end
local title = mw.text.trim(args[1])
local site = args.site or ""
local showdab = parseParam(args.showdab, true)
local qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForTitle(title, site)
if qid then
local prop31 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P31")[1]
if not showdab and prop31 and prop31.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id == "Q4167410" then
return nil
else
return qid
end
end
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getDatePrecision returns the number representing the precision of the first best date value
-- for the given property.
-- It takes the qid and property ID
-- The meanings are given at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Wikibase/DataModel#Dates_and_times
-- 0 = 1 billion years .. 6 = millennium, 7 = century, 8 = decade, 9 = year, 10 = month, 11 = day
-- Returns 0 (or the second unnamed parameter) if the Wikidata does not exist.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; sourced;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.getDatePrecision(frame)
local args=frame.args
if not args[1] then args=frame:getParent().args end
local default = tonumber(args[2] or args.default) or 0
local prop = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "")
if prop == "" then return default end
local qid = args.qid or ""
if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
if not qid then return default end
local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)
local stat = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, prop)
for i, v in ipairs(stat) do
local prec = (onlysrc == false or sourced(v))
and v.mainsnak.datavalue
and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value
and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.precision
if prec then return prec end
end
return default
end

return p

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- List of exported functions
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[
_getValue
getValue
getPreferredValue
getCoords
getQualifierValue
getSumOfParts
getValueByQual
getValueByLang
getValueByRefSource
getPropertyIDs
getQualifierIDs
getPropOfProp
getAwardCat
getIntersectCat
getGlobe
getCommonsLink
getSiteLink
getLink
getLabel
label
getAT
getDescription
getAliases
pageId
formatDate
location
checkBlacklist
emptyor
labelorid
getLang
getItemLangCode
findLanguage
getQID
followQid
globalSiteID
siteID
projID
formatNumber
examine
checkvalue
url2
getWebsite
getAllLabels
getAllDescriptions
getAllAliases
showNoLinks
checkValidity
getEntityFromTitle
getDatePrecision
--]]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Module:Infobox mapframe

2026-06-15T12:50:01Z

Maintenance script: Sync shared ABC wiki compatibility fix from Phuketer

local mf = require('Module:Mapframe')
local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local infoboxImage = require('Module:InfoboxImage').InfoboxImage

-- Defaults
local DEFAULT_FRAME_WIDTH = "270"
local DEFAULT_FRAME_HEIGHT = "200"
local DEFAULT_ZOOM = 10
local DEFAULT_GEOMASK_STROKE_WIDTH = "1"
local DEFAULT_GEOMASK_STROKE_COLOR = "#777777"
local DEFAULT_GEOMASK_FILL = "#888888"
local DEFAULT_GEOMASK_FILL_OPACITY = "0.25"
local DEFAULT_SHAPE_STROKE_WIDTH = "2"
local DEFAULT_SHAPE_STROKE_COLOR = "#FF0000"
local DEFAULT_SHAPE_FILL = "#606060"
local DEFAULT_SHAPE_FILL_OPACITY = "0.1"
local DEFAULT_LINE_STROKE_WIDTH = "5"
local DEFAULT_LINE_STROKE_COLOR = "#FF0000"
local DEFAULT_MARKER_COLOR = "#5E74F3"

local util = {}

function util.noop(info)
local DEFAULT_NOOP_OUTPUT = ""

-- uncomment this when debugging
-- DEFAULT_NOOP_OUTPUT = "debug: mapframe no-op: " .. info
-- mw.log(DEFAULT_NOOP_OUTPUT)

return DEFAULT_NOOP_OUTPUT
end

-- Trim whitespace from args, and remove empty args
function util.trimArgs(argsTable)
local cleanArgs = {}
for key, val in pairs(argsTable) do
if type(val) == 'string' then
val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
if val ~= '' then
cleanArgs[key] = val
end
else
cleanArgs[key] = val
end
end
return cleanArgs
end

function util.getBestStatement(item_id, property_id)
if not(item_id) or not(mw.wikibase.isValidEntityId(item_id)) or not(mw.wikibase.entityExists(item_id)) then
return false
end
local statements = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(item_id, property_id)
if not statements or #statements == 0 then
return false
end
local hasNoValue = ( statements[1].mainsnak and statements[1].mainsnak.snaktype == 'novalue' )
if hasNoValue then
return false
end
return statements[1]
end

function util.hasWikidataProperty(item_id, property_id)
return util.getBestStatement(item_id, property_id) and true or false
end

function util.getStatementValue(statement)
return statement and statement.mainsnak and statement.mainsnak.datavalue and statement.mainsnak.datavalue.value or nil
end

function util.relatedEntity(item_id, property_id)
local value = util.getStatementValue( util.getBestStatement(item_id, property_id) )
return value and value.id or false
end

function util.idType(id)
if not id then
return nil
elseif mw.ustring.match(id, "[Pp]%d+") then
return "property"
elseif mw.ustring.match(id, "[Qq]%d+") then
return "item"
else
return nil
end
end

function util.shouldAutoRun(frame)
-- Check if should be running
local pargs = frame.getParent(frame).args
local explicitlyOn = yesno(mw.text.trim(pargs.mapframe or "")) -- true of false or nil
if pargs.coordinates == "{{{coordinates}}}" then explicitlyOn = false end
local onByDefault = (explicitlyOn == nil) and yesno(mw.text.trim(frame.args.onByDefault or ""), false) -- true or false
return explicitlyOn or onByDefault
end

function util.argsFromAuto(frame)
-- Get args from the frame (invoke call) and the parent (template call).
-- Frame arguments are default values which are overridden by parent values
-- when both are present
local args = getArgs(frame, {parentFirst = true})

-- Discard args not prefixed with "mapframe-", remove that prefix from those that remain
local fixedArgs = {}
for name, val in pairs(args) do
local fixedName = string.match(name, "^mapframe%-(.+)$" )
if fixedName then
fixedArgs[fixedName] = val
-- allow coord, coordinates, etc to be unprefixed
elseif name == "coordinates" or name == "coord" or name == "coordinate" and not fixedArgs.coord then
fixedArgs.coord = val
-- allow id, qid to be unprefixed, map to id (if not already present)
elseif name == "id" or name == "qid" and not fixedArgs.id then
fixedArgs.id = val
-- allow captionstyle to be unprefixed, for compatibility with [[Module:Infobox]]
elseif name == "captionstyle" and not fixedArgs.captionstyle then
fixedArgs.captionstyle = val
end
end
return fixedArgs
end

function util.parseCustomWikitext(customWikitext)
-- infoboxImage will format an image if given wikitext containing an
-- image, or else pass through the wikitext unmodified
return infoboxImage({
args = {
image = customWikitext
}
})
end

function util.trackAndWarn(trackingCat, warning)
local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
local results = title and title.namespace == 0 and trackingCat and '[[Category:'..trackingCat..']]' or ''
if warning then
local warn = require('Module:If preview')._warning
results = results..warn({warning})
end
return results
end

function util.ternary(flag, other)
other = other or 'other'
flag = flag == 'none' and 'no' or flag
local yesNoOut = yesno(flag,other)
local yes = (yesNoOut == true)
local no = (yesNoOut == false)
return yes, no
end

local p = {}

p._caption = function(args)
if args.caption then
return args.caption
elseif args.switcher then
return util.noop("no caption or switcher")
end
local maskItem
local maskType = util.idType(args.geomask)
if maskType == 'item' then
maskItem = args.geomask
elseif maskType == "property" then
maskItem = util.relatedEntity(args.id or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage(), args.geomask)
end
local maskItemLabel = maskItem and mw.wikibase.getLabel( maskItem )
return maskItemLabel and "Location in "..maskItemLabel
or util.noop("missing maskItemLabel with type " .. (maskType or "nil") .. " and item " .. (maskItem or "nil"))
end

--A list of types for objects that are too small to allow Kartographer to take over zoom
local tinyType = {
landmark=true,
railwaystation=true,
edu=true,
pass=true,
camera=true
}

p._main = function(_config)
-- accumulate tracking cats
local tracking = ''
-- `config` is the args passed to this module
local config = util.trimArgs(_config)

-- allow alias for config.coord
config.coord = config.coord or config.coordinates

-- Require wikidata item, or specified coords
local wikidataId = config.id or (mw.wikibase and mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage and mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage())
if not(wikidataId) and not(config.coord) then
return false, util.trackAndWarn('Pages using infobox mapframe with missing coordinates')
end

-- Require coords (specified or from wikidata), so that map will be centred somewhere
-- (P625 = coordinate location)
local wdCoordinates = wikidataId and util.getStatementValue(util.getBestStatement(wikidataId, 'P625')) or nil
if not (config.coord or wdCoordinates) then
return false, util.trackAndWarn('Pages using infobox mapframe with missing coordinates')
end

-- `args` is the arguments which will be passed to the mapframe module
local args = {}

-- Some defaults/overrides for infobox presentation
args.display = "inline"
args.frame = "yes"
args.plain = "yes"
args["frame-width"] = config["frame-width"] or config.width or DEFAULT_FRAME_WIDTH
args["frame-height"] = config["frame-height"] or config.height or DEFAULT_FRAME_HEIGHT
args["frame-align"] = "center"

args["frame-coord"] = config["frame-coordinates"] or config["frame-coord"]
-- Note: config["coordinates"] or config["coord"] should not be used for the alignment of the frame;
-- see talk page ( https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:Diff/876492931 )

-- deprecated lat and long parameters
args["frame-lat"] = config["frame-lat"] or config["frame-latitude"]
args["frame-long"] = config["frame-long"] or config["frame-longitude"]

-- if zoom isn't specified from config, first check wikidata
local zoom = config.zoom or util.getStatementValue(util.getBestStatement(wikidataId, 'P6592'))
if not zoom then
-- Calculate zoom from length or area (converted to km or km2)
-- Zoom so that length or area is completely included in mapframe
local getZoom = require('Module:Infobox dim')._zoom
zoom = getZoom({length_km=config.length_km, length_mi=config.length_mi,
width_km=config.width_km, width_mi=config.width_mi,
area_km2=config.area_km2, area_mi2=config.area_mi2,
area_ha=config.area_ha, area_acre=config.area_acre,
type=config.type, population=config.population,
viewport_px=math.min(args["frame-width"],args["frame-height"]),
latitude=wdCoordinates and wdCoordinates.latitude})
end
args.zoom = zoom or DEFAULT_ZOOM

-- Use OSM relation ID if available; otherwise use geoshape if that is available
-- (geoshape is required for defunct entities, which are outside OSM's scope)
local hasOsmRelationId = util.hasWikidataProperty(wikidataId, 'P402') -- P402 is OSM relation ID
local hasGeoshape = util.hasWikidataProperty(wikidataId, 'P3896') -- P3896 is geoshape
local wikidataProvidesGeo = hasOsmRelationId or hasGeoshape

-- determine marker argument value, determine whether to show marker
local forcePoint, suppressPoint = util.ternary(config.point)
local forceMarker, suppressMarker = util.ternary(config.marker,true)

forcePoint = forcePoint or forceMarker
suppressPoint = suppressPoint or suppressMarker

local showMarker = not suppressPoint and (forcePoint or not wikidataProvidesGeo or config.coord)

-- wikidata = "yes" turns on both shape and line
-- wikidata = "no" turns off both shape and line
-- otherwise show both if wikidata provides geo
local forceWikidata, suppressWikidata = util.ternary(config.wikidata)
local showShape = not suppressWikidata and (forceWikidata or wikidataProvidesGeo or not config.coord)
local showLine = showShape

-- determine shape parameter value, determine whether to show or suppress shape
-- also determine whether to invert shape
local forceShape, suppressShape = util.ternary(config.shape)
showShape = wikidataId and not suppressShape and (forceShape or showShape)
local shapeType = config.shape == 'inverse' and 'shape-inverse' or 'shape'

-- determine line parameter value, determine whether to show or suppress line
local forceLine, suppressLine = util.ternary(config.line)
showLine = wikidataId and not suppressLine and (forceLine or showLine)

local maskItem
-- Switcher
if config.switcher == "zooms" then
-- switching between zoom levels
local maxZoom = math.max(tonumber(args.zoom), 3) -- what zoom would have otherwise been (if 3 or more, otherwise 3)
local minZoom = 1 -- completely zoomed out
local midZoom = math.floor((maxZoom + minZoom)/2) -- midway between maxn and min
args.switch = "zoomed in, zoomed midway, zoomed out"
args.zoom = string.format("SWITCH:%d,%d,%d", maxZoom, midZoom, minZoom)
elseif config.switcher == "auto" then
-- switching between P276 and P131 areas with recursive lookup, e.g. item's city,
-- that city's state, and that state's country
args.zoom = nil -- let kartographer determine the zoom
local maskLabels = {}
local maskItems = {}
local maskItemId = util.relatedEntity(wikidataId, "P276") or util.relatedEntity(wikidataId, "P131")
local maskLabel = mw.wikibase.getLabel(maskItemId)
while maskItemId and maskLabel and mw.text.trim(maskLabel) ~= "" do
table.insert(maskLabels, maskLabel)
table.insert(maskItems, maskItemId)
maskItemId = maskItemId and util.relatedEntity(maskItemId, "P131")
maskLabel = maskItemId and mw.wikibase.getLabel(maskItemId)
end
if #maskLabels > 1 then
args.switch = table.concat(maskLabels, "###")
maskItem = "SWITCH:" .. table.concat(maskItems, ",")
elseif #maskLabels == 1 then
maskItem = maskItemId[1]
end
elseif config.switcher == "geomasks" and config.geomask then
-- switching between items in geomask parameter
args.zoom = nil -- let kartographer determine the zoom
local separator = (mw.ustring.find(config.geomask, "###", 0, true ) and "###") or
(mw.ustring.find(config.geomask, ";", 0, true ) and ";") or ","
local pattern = "%s*"..separator.."%s*"
local maskItems = mw.text.split(mw.ustring.gsub(config.geomask, "SWITCH:", ""), pattern)
local maskLabels = {}
if #maskItems > 1 then
for i, item in ipairs(maskItems) do
table.insert(maskLabels, mw.wikibase.getLabel(item))
end
args.switch = table.concat(maskLabels, "###")
maskItem = "SWITCH:" .. table.concat(maskItems, ",")
end
end

-- resolve geomask item id (if not using geomask switcher)
if not maskItem then --
local maskType = util.idType(config.geomask)
if maskType == 'item' then
maskItem = config.geomask
elseif maskType == "property" then
maskItem = util.relatedEntity(wikidataId, config.geomask)
end
end

-- if asking for shape or line from Wikidata
-- and if Wikidata actually has shape/line data (wikidataProvidesGeo=true)
-- and if no geomask
-- and if zoom not explicitly set
-- and if the object size inferred from its type is not too small
-- then let Kartographer "take over" zoom
if (showLine or showShape) and wikidataProvidesGeo and not maskItem
and not config.zoom and not (config.type and tinyType[config.type]) then
args.zoom = nil
end

if not maskItem and not showShape and not showLine and not showMarker then
return false, util.trackAndWarn('Pages using infobox mapframe with no geometry','No geometry specified for mapframe')
end

-- Keep track of arg numbering
local argNumber = ''
local function incrementArgNumber()
if argNumber == '' then
argNumber = 2
else
argNumber = argNumber + 1
end
end

-- Geomask
if maskItem then
args["type"..argNumber] = "shape-inverse"
args["id"..argNumber] = maskItem
args["stroke-width"..argNumber] = config["geomask-stroke-width"] or DEFAULT_GEOMASK_STROKE_WIDTH
args["stroke-color"..argNumber] = config["geomask-stroke-color"] or config["geomask-stroke-colour"] or DEFAULT_GEOMASK_STROKE_COLOR
args["fill"..argNumber] = config["geomask-fill"] or DEFAULT_GEOMASK_FILL
args["fill-opacity"..argNumber] = config["geomask-fill-opacity"] or DEFAULT_SHAPE_FILL_OPACITY
-- Let kartographer determine zoom and position, unless it is explicitly set in config
if not config.zoom and not config.switcher then
args.zoom = nil
args["frame-coord"] = nil
args["frame-lat"] = nil
args["frame-long"] = nil
local maskArea = util.getStatementValue( util.getBestStatement(maskItem, 'P2046') )
end
incrementArgNumber()
-- Hack to fix phab:T255932
if not args.zoom then
args["type"..argNumber] = "line"
args["id"..argNumber] = maskItem
args["stroke-width"..argNumber] = 0
incrementArgNumber()
end
end

-- Shape (or shape-inverse)
if showShape then
args["type"..argNumber] = shapeType
if hasGeoshape and not hasOsmRelationId then
args["from"..argNumber] = string.sub( util.getStatementValue( util.getBestStatement(wikidataId, 'P3896') ), 6)
elseif config.id then
args["id"..argNumber] = config.id
end
args["stroke-width"..argNumber] = config["shape-stroke-width"] or config["stroke-width"] or DEFAULT_SHAPE_STROKE_WIDTH
args["stroke-color"..argNumber] = config["shape-stroke-color"] or config["shape-stroke-colour"] or config["stroke-color"] or config["stroke-colour"] or DEFAULT_SHAPE_STROKE_COLOR
args["fill"..argNumber] = config["shape-fill"] or DEFAULT_SHAPE_FILL
args["fill-opacity"..argNumber] = config["shape-fill-opacity"] or DEFAULT_SHAPE_FILL_OPACITY
incrementArgNumber()
end

-- Line
if showLine then
args["type"..argNumber] = "line"
if hasGeoshape and not hasOsmRelationId then
args["from"..argNumber] = string.sub( util.getStatementValue( util.getBestStatement(wikidataId, 'P3896') ), 6)
elseif config.id then
args["id"..argNumber] = config.id
end
args["stroke-width"..argNumber] = config["line-stroke-width"] or config["stroke-width"] or DEFAULT_LINE_STROKE_WIDTH
args["stroke-color"..argNumber] = config["line-stroke-color"] or config["line-stroke-colour"] or config["stroke-color"] or config["stroke-colour"] or DEFAULT_LINE_STROKE_COLOR
incrementArgNumber()
end

-- Point marker
if showMarker then
args["type"..argNumber] = "point"
if config.id then args["id"..argNumber] = config.id end
if config.coord then args["coord"..argNumber] = config.coord end
if config.marker then args["marker"..argNumber] = config.marker end
args["marker-color"..argNumber] = config["marker-color"] or config["marker-colour"] or DEFAULT_MARKER_COLOR
incrementArgNumber()
end

-- if Wikidata doesn't link to OSM and the map has no mask or point,
-- then center the map on the coordinates either from the infobox or from wikidata
if not maskItem and not showMarker and not wikidataProvidesGeo then
if config.coord then
args["frame-coord"] = args["frame-coord"] or config.coord
else
args["frame-lat"] = args["frame-lat"] or wdCoordinates.latitude
args["frame-long"] = args["frame-long"] or wdCoordinates.longitude
end
tracking = tracking..util.trackAndWarn('Pages using infobox mapframe with forced centering')
end

-- protect against nil frame arguments
args["frame-coord"] = args["frame-coord"] or ""
args["frame-lat"] = args["frame-lat"] or ""
args["frame-long"] = args["frame-long"] or ""

local mapframe = args.switch and mf.multi(args) or mf._main(args)
tracking = tracking..((showLine or showShape) and not wikidataProvidesGeo
and util.trackAndWarn('Pages using infobox mapframe without shape links in Wikidata')
or '')
return true, mapframe.. tracking
end

-- Entry points

p.main = function(frame)
local parent = frame.getParent(frame)
local parentArgs = parent.args
local _, mapframe = p._main(parentArgs)
return frame:preprocess(mapframe)
end

p.auto = function(frame)
if not util.shouldAutoRun(frame) then
return util.noop("auto should not autorun")
end
local args = util.argsFromAuto(frame)
if args.custom then
return frame:preprocess(util.parseCustomWikitext(args.custom))
end
local _, mapframe = p._main(args)
return frame:preprocess(mapframe)
end

p.autocaption = function(frame)
if not util.shouldAutoRun(frame) then
return util.noop("autocaption should not autorun")
end
local args = util.argsFromAuto(frame)
local caption = p._caption(args)
return caption
end

p.autoWithCaption = function(frame)
if not util.shouldAutoRun(frame) then
return util.noop("autoWithCaption should not autorun")
end
local args = util.argsFromAuto(frame)
local wikitext
local caption
local ok
if args.custom then
ok = true
wikitext = util.parseCustomWikitext(args.custom)
else
ok, wikitext = p._main(args)
end
if not ok then return wikitext end
wikitext = frame:preprocess(wikitext)
caption = p._caption(args)
local data = mw.html.create():wikitext(wikitext)
data:tag('div')
:addClass('infobox-caption')
:cssText(args.captionstyle)
:wikitext(caption)
return tostring(data)
end

return p

Module:Jct

2026-06-15T12:42:18Z

Maintenance script: Shared ABC wiki compatibility: guard Module:Jct when route link is boolean

local p = {}
-- Change to "" upon deployment.
local moduleSuffix = ""

local parserModuleName = "Module:Road data/parser" .. moduleSuffix
local statenameModuleName = "Module:Jct/statename" .. moduleSuffix -- TODO transition
local cityModuleName = "Module:Jct/city" .. moduleSuffix

local concat = table.concat
local insert = table.insert
local format = mw.ustring.format
local trim = mw.text.trim

local parserModule = require(parserModuleName)
local parser = parserModule.parser
local util = require("Module:Road data/util")

-- Shields
local defaultShieldSize = 24

local function addContextBanner(route, name, suffix, bannerSpec)
local bannerModule = 'Module:Road data/banners/' .. string.upper(route.country)
local shieldfield = name .. 'shield'
local shield = parser(route, shieldfield)
if shield == nil then
-- This route type does not define shield.
-- Find shield in the default banner table.
shield = parser(route, 'shield', name, bannerModule)
if shield and shield ~= '' then
if suffix == nil then
suffix = parser(route, 'shield', 'suffix', bannerModule)
end
if suffix and suffix ~= '' then
shield = shield .. " " .. suffix
end
shield = shield .. ".svg"
end
end
if shield and shield ~= '' then
local shieldSize = defaultShieldSize
-- Add banner plate.
insert(bannerSpec, {shield, shieldSize})
end
end

local function bannerSpec(banner, bannerSize, bannerSuffix, route)
local banners = {}
if type(banner) == "table" then
local bannerSizeIsNotTable = type(bannerSize) ~= "table"
for i,filename in ipairs(banner) do
local bannersize = bannerSizeIsNotTable and bannerSize or bannerSize[i] or defaultShieldSize
insert(banners, {filename, bannersize})
end
elseif banner ~= '' then
insert(banners, {banner, bannerSize})
end

if route.dir then
addContextBanner(route, 'dir', bannerSuffix, banners)
end
if route.to then
addContextBanner(route, 'to', bannerSuffix, banners)
end

return banners
end

local function shieldSpec(route, mainShield, shieldList)
local shieldSpec = {}

local shield
local shieldto = parser(route, 'shieldto')

if route.to then
if not shield then shield = shieldto or parser(route, 'shield') or '' end
else
if not shield then shield = parser(route, 'shield') or '' end
end
if shield == '' then return shieldSpec end
local orientation = parser(route, 'orientation')

local function size(route)
if orientation == "upright" then
return defaultShieldSize
else return "x" .. defaultShieldSize
end
end

local shieldsize = size(route)

local banner = parser(route, 'banner') or {}
local bannersize = defaultShieldSize
local bannersuffix = parser(route, 'bannersuffix')

local bannerIsNotTable = type(banner) ~= "table"
local bannersizeIsNotTable = type(bannersize) ~= "table"
local bannersuffixIsNotTable = type(bannersuffix) ~= "table"

if type(shield) == "table" then
for i,filename in ipairs(shield) do
local size = shieldsize or shieldsize[i]
if size == "" then size = nil end
-- banner.all describes banners that apply to all multiple shields.
local shieldBanner = bannerIsNotTable and banner or (banner[i] or banner.all or {})
-- Banner size is default if the corresponding entry
-- in bannerSize table is not set.
local shieldBannerSize =
bannersizeIsNotTable and bannersize
or (bannersize[i] or bannersize.all or defaultShieldSize)
local shieldBannerSuffix = bannersuffix and (bannersuffixIsNotTable and bannersuffix or bannersuffix[i])
insert(shieldSpec, {
shield = {filename, size},
banners = bannerSpec(shieldBanner, shieldBannerSize, shieldBannerSuffix, route)
})
end
elseif shield ~= '' then
if shieldsize == "" then shieldsize = nil end
insert(shieldSpec, {
shield = {shield, shieldsize},
banners = bannerSpec(banner, bannersize, bannersuffix, route)
})
end

return shieldSpec
end

local missingShields

local shieldExistsCache = {}

local function render(shieldEntry, scale, showLink)
local shield = shieldEntry.shield
local banners = shieldEntry.banners

local size
if shield[2] then
local width, height = mw.ustring.match(shield[2], "(%d*)x?(%d*)")
width = tonumber(width)
height = tonumber(height)
local sizeparts = {}
if width then
insert(sizeparts, format("%d", width * scale))
end
if height then
insert(sizeparts, format("x%d", height * scale))
end
size = concat(sizeparts)
else
size = format("%s%d", landscape and "x" or "", defaultShieldSize * scale)
end
local shieldCode = format("[[File:%s|%spx|link=|alt=]]", shield[1], size)
if not banners[1] then return shieldCode end

for _,banner in ipairs(banners) do
shieldCode = format("[[File:%s|%spx|link=|alt=]] %s",
banner[1],
defaultShieldSize,
shieldCode)
end
return '' .. shieldCode .. ''
end

function p.shield(route, scale, showLink, mainShield, shieldList)
missingShields = {}

scale = scale or 1

local rendered = {}
for _,entry in ipairs(shieldSpec(route, mainShield, shieldList)) do
insert(rendered, render(entry, scale, showLink))
end
return concat(rendered), missingShields
end

-- Links/abbreviations
function p.link(route)
local nolink = route.nolink
local abbr = parser(route, 'abbr')
if nolink then
return abbr
else
local link = parser(route, 'link')
if not link or link == '' then
return abbr
else
return format("[[%s|%s]]", link, abbr)
end
end
end
-------------------------------------------

-- Links/abbreviations
local function routeText(route, jctname, frame)
local link
local type = route.type
if not type or type == '' then
link = route.route
else
link = p.link(route)
end

local dir = route.dir and ' ' .. string.lower(route.dir) or ''
if type(link) ~= 'string' then
link = route.route or ''
end
local routeText = link .. dir

local name = route.name
if name and name ~= '' then
local mainText = jctname and name or routeText
local parenText = jctname and routeText or name

return format('%s (%s)', mainText, parenText)
else
return routeText
end
end

local function extra(args)
local extraTypes = mw.loadData('Module:Road data/extra')
local extraIcon = extraTypes[string.lower(args.extra or '')]
if not extraIcon then return '' end
local size = defaultShieldSize .. 'px'
local countryIcon = extraIcon[args.country] or extraIcon.default
if type(countryIcon) == 'table' then
local localIcon = countryIcon[args.state] or countryIcon.default
return string.format("[[File:%s|%s|alt=|link=]]", localIcon, size)
else
return string.format("[[File:%s|%s|alt=|link=]]", countryIcon, size)
end
end

local function parseArgs(args)
local state = args.state or args.province or ''
args.state = state
local country
if args.country and args.country ~= '' then
country = string.upper(args.country)
else
local countryModule = mw.loadData("Module:Road data/countrymask")
country = countryModule[state] or 'UNK'
end
args.country = country

local params = {'denom', 'county', 'township', 'dab', 'nolink', 'noshield', 'to', 'dir', 'name'}
local routes = {}
local routeCount = 1
local seenTo = false
while true do
local routeType = args[routeCount * 2 - 1]
if not routeType then break end
local route = {type = routeType, route = args[routeCount * 2]}
for _,v in pairs(params) do
route[v] = args[v .. routeCount]
end

if args.nolink then
route.nolink = args.nolink
end

route.country = country
route.state = state

-- Set the first .to to true.
-- Set all following .to to ''.
if seenTo then
if route.to then
-- Report duplicate to flag.
route.toerror = true
end
route.to = ''
elseif route.to then
route.to = true
seenTo = true
end

insert(routes, route)
routeCount = routeCount + 1
end
return routes
end

local function prefix(to, num)
if to and to ~= '' then
return num == 1 and 'To ' or ' to '
end
return num == 1 and '' or ' / '
end

local function addErrorMsg(catCode, msg, errorMsg)
errorMsg.code = errorMsg.code or catCode
insert(errorMsg, format('Module:Jct %s', msg))
end

function p._jct(args, frame)
local routes = parseArgs(args)
local shields = {}
local links = {}
local allMissingShields = {}
local typeErr = false
local toErr = false
frame = frame or mw.getCurrentFrame()
for num,route in ipairs(routes) do
if not (args.noshield or route.noshield) then
local shield, missingShields = p.shield(route)
insert(shields, shield)
if missingShields[1] then
insert(allMissingShields, concat(missingShields, ' / '))
end
end
local prefix = prefix(route.to, num)
if prefix ~= '' then insert(links, prefix) end
insert(links, routeText(route, args.jctname, frame))
typeErr = typeErr or route.typeerror or false
toErr = toErr or route.toerror or false
end
local graphics = concat(shields) .. extra(args) .. ' '
local linkText = concat(links)
local cities = ''
if args.city1 or args.location1 then
local citiesPrefix
if args.citiesprefix then
citiesPrefix = args.citiesprefix ~= '' and format(" %s ", args.citiesprefix) or ''
else
citiesPrefix = ' '
end
local cityModule = require(cityModuleName)
cities = citiesPrefix .. cityModule.city(args)
end

local errorMsg = {}
-- Errors must be reported by the level of severity, most severe first.
if typeErr then
-- Report invalid type errors.
addErrorMsg("§", 'error: Invalid route type', errorMsg)
end
if #allMissingShields > 0 then
-- Report missing shield error.
-- shieldExists() would have populated missingShields if shields are missing.
addErrorMsg("¶", 'error: Missing route marker graphics: ' .. concat(allMissingShields, ' / '), errorMsg)
end
if toErr then
-- Report invalid to errors.
addErrorMsg("&", 'error: Invalid "to" argument', errorMsg)
end
if args.road then
-- Report deprecated "road" warning.
addErrorMsg("∆", 'warning: "road" parameter is deprecated', errorMsg)
end
if args.rdt then
-- Report deprecated "rdt" warning.
addErrorMsg("£", 'warning: "rdt" parameter is deprecated', errorMsg)
end
if #errorMsg > 0 then
local page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().prefixedText -- Get transcluding page's title
-- Add a category for the first, most severe error.
insert(errorMsg, format('[[Category:Jct template errors|%s %s]]', errorMsg.code, page))
errorMsg = concat(errorMsg)
else
errorMsg = ''
end

return graphics .. linkText .. cities .. errorMsg
end

function p.jct(frame)
-- Import module function to work with passed arguments
local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
local args = getArgs(frame, {removeBlanks = false})
return p._jct(args, frame)
end

function p._roadlink(args, frame)
local routes = parseArgs(args)
local links = {}
local typeErr = false
local toErr = false
frame = frame or mw.getCurrentFrame()
for num,route in ipairs(routes) do
local prefix = prefix(route.to, num)
if prefix ~= '' then insert(links, prefix) end
insert(links, routeText(route, args.jctname, frame))
typeErr = typeErr or route.typeerror or false
toErr = toErr or route.toerror or false
end
local linkText = concat(links)
local cities = ''
if args.city1 or args.location1 then
local citiesPrefix
if args.citiesprefix then
citiesPrefix = args.citiesprefix ~= '' and format(" %s ", args.citiesprefix) or ''
else
citiesPrefix = ' '
end
local cityModule = require(cityModuleName)
cities = citiesPrefix .. cityModule.city(args)
end

local errorMsg = {}
-- Errors must be reported by the level of severity, most severe first.
if typeErr then
-- Report invalid type errors.
addErrorMsg("2", 'error: Invalid route type', errorMsg)
end
if toErr then
-- Report invalid to errors.
addErrorMsg("3", 'error: Invalid "to" argument', errorMsg)
end
if args.road then
-- Report deprecated "road" warning.
addErrorMsg("W", 'warning: "road" parameter is deprecated', errorMsg)
end
if #errorMsg > 0 then
local page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().prefixedText -- Get transcluding page's title
-- Add a category for the first, most severe error.
insert(errorMsg, format('[[Category:Jct template errors|%s %s]]', errorMsg.code, page))
errorMsg = concat(errorMsg)
else
errorMsg = ''
end

return linkText .. cities
end

function p.roadlink(frame)
-- Import module function to work with passed arguments
local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
local args = getArgs(frame, {removeBlanks = true})
return p._roadlink(args, frame)
end

return p

Template:Short description

2026-06-15T02:47:16Z

Maintenance script: Local compatibility: make Short description a no-op because SHORTDESC parser function is unavailable

<includeonly></includeonly><noinclude>
This local wiki does not use Wikipedia's SHORTDESC parser function.

This template is intentionally a no-op so imported Wikipedia pages do not show redlinks such as:
Template:SHORTDESC:Example text
</noinclude>

Module:Commons link

2026-06-15T02:42:22Z

Maintenance script: Shared ABC wiki patch: guard Commons link Wikibase calls when Wikibase Client is unavailable

require('strict')

-- Module to find commons galleries and categories based on wikidata entries
local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
local p = {}

-- Check if string is a valid QID
-- Argument: QID to check
-- Returns: valid (bool)
local function _validQID(qid)
return qid and mw.ustring.find(qid,"^[Qq]%d+$")
end

-- Check if string is a valid wikidata property string
-- Argument: property string to check
-- Returns: valid (bool)
local function _validProp(prop)
return prop and mw.ustring.find(prop,"^[Pp]%d+$")
end

local function _lcfirst(s)
return mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(s,1,1))..mw.ustring.sub(s,2)
end

-- Format displayed linktext
-- Arguments:
-- s = string to display
-- formatting = formatting table:
-- formatting.linktext = if defined, override s
-- formatting.lcfirst = lower case the first letter in display
-- formatting.bold = whether to bold the display
-- formatting.italic = whether to italicize the display
-- formatting.nowrap = set nowrapping
-- Returns:
-- formatted string
local function _formatResult(s, formatting)
local resultVal = formatting.linktext or s
if formatting.lcfirst then
resultVal = _lcfirst(resultVal)
end
local style = ""
if formatting.italic then style = "font-style:italic; " end
if formatting.bold then style = style.."font-weight:bold; " end
if formatting.nowrap then style = style.."white-space:nowrap; " end
if style ~= "" then
resultVal = ''..resultVal..''
end
return resultVal
end

-- Get title, namespace, and QID for current page
-- Arguments:
-- qid = testing only: get title of alternative page with QID=qid
-- nsQid = whether to return the ns of the qid page or current
-- Returns:
-- title, namespace (string), qid of current page (or test page)
local function _getTitleQID(qid,nsQid)
local titleObject = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
-- look up qid for current page (if not testing)
local nsText = string.gsub(titleObject.nsText,"_"," ") -- [[phab:T369784]]
if not _validQID(qid) then
qid = (mw.wikibase and mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage and mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()) or nil
return titleObject.text, nsText, qid
end
-- testing-only path: given a qid, determine title
-- always use namespace from current page (to suppress tracking cat)
qid = qid:upper()
local title = (mw.wikibase and mw.wikibase.getSitelink and mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid)) or ""
-- strip any namespace from sitelink
local firstColon = mw.ustring.find(title,':',1,true)
local qidNsText = ""
if firstColon then
qidNsText = mw.ustring.sub(title,1,firstColon-1)
title = mw.ustring.sub(title,firstColon+1)
end
if nsQid then
return title, qidNsText, qid
end
return title, nsText, qid
end

-- Lookup Commons gallery in Wikidata
-- Arguments:
-- qid = QID of current article
-- fetch = whether to lookup Commons sitelink (bool)
-- commonsSitelink = default value for Commons sitelink
-- Returns:
-- categoryLink = name of Commons category, nil if nothing is found
-- consistent = multiple wikidata fields are examined: are they consistent?
-- commonsSitelink = commons sitelink for current article
local function _lookupGallery(qid,fetch,commonsSitelink)
if not _validQID(qid) then
return nil, true, nil
end
qid = qid:upper()
local galleryLink = nil
local consistent = true
-- look up commons sitelink for article, use if not category
if fetch then
commonsSitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid,"commonswiki") or commonsSitelink
end
if commonsSitelink and mw.ustring.sub(commonsSitelink,1,9) ~= "Category:" then
galleryLink = commonsSitelink
end
-- P935 is the "commons gallery" property for this article
local P935 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P935")[1]
if P935 and P935.mainsnak.datavalue then
local gallery = P935.mainsnak.datavalue.value
if galleryLink and galleryLink ~= gallery then
consistent = false
else
galleryLink = gallery
end
end
return galleryLink, consistent, commonsSitelink
end

-- Find fallback category by looking up Commons sitelink of different page
-- Arguments:
-- qid = QID for current article
-- property = property that refers to other article whose sitelink to return
-- Returns: either category-stripped name of article, or nil
local function _lookupFallback(qid,property)
if not _validQID(qid) or not _validProp(property) then
return nil
end
qid = qid:upper()
property = property:upper()
-- If property exists on current article, get value (other article qid)
local value = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, property)[1]
if value and value.mainsnak.datavalue and value.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id then
-- Look up Commons sitelink of other article
local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(value.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id,"commonswiki")
-- Check to see if it starts with "Category:". If so, strip it and return
if sitelink and mw.ustring.sub(sitelink,1,9) == "Category:" then
return mw.ustring.sub(sitelink,10)
end
end
return nil
end

-- Find Commons category by looking in wikidata
-- Arguments:
-- qid = QID of current article
-- fetch = whether to lookup Commons sitelink (bool)
-- commonsSitelink = default value for Commons sitelink
-- Returns:
-- categoryLink = name of Commons category, nil if nothing is found
-- consistent = multiple wikidata fields are examined: are they consistent?
-- commonsSitelink = commons sitelink for current article
local function _lookupCategory(qid, fetch, commonsSitelink)
if not _validQID(qid) then
return nil, true, nil
end
qid = qid:upper()
local categoryLink = nil
local consistent = true
-- look up commons sitelink for article, use if starts with "Category:"
if fetch then
commonsSitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid,"commonswiki") or commonsSitelink
end
if commonsSitelink and mw.ustring.sub(commonsSitelink,1,9) == "Category:" then
categoryLink = mw.ustring.sub(commonsSitelink,10)
end
-- P910 is the "topic's main category". Look for commons sitelink there
local fallback = _lookupFallback(qid,"P910")
if fallback then
if categoryLink and categoryLink ~= fallback then
consistent = false
qid = nil
else
categoryLink = fallback
end
end
-- P1754 is the "list's main category". Look for commons sitelink there
fallback = _lookupFallback(qid,"P1754")
if fallback then
if categoryLink and categoryLink ~= fallback then
consistent = false
qid = nil
else
categoryLink = fallback
end
end
-- P373 is the "commons category" property for this article. This is
-- a low-quality field, so should only be used as a last resort.
if categoryLink == nil and _validQID(qid) then
local P373 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P373")[1]
if P373 and P373.mainsnak.datavalue then
categoryLink = P373.mainsnak.datavalue.value
consistent = true -- P373 is never used if anything else is available
end
end
return categoryLink, consistent, commonsSitelink
end

-- Does the article have a Commons gallery, and is it consistent?
-- Arguments:
-- qid = QID to lookup in wikidata (for testing only)
-- Returns:
-- filename at Commons, bool: is wikidata consistent for this article?
function p._hasGalleryConsistent(qid)
local wp_title, wp_ns
wp_title, wp_ns, qid = _getTitleQID(qid)
return _lookupGallery(qid,true)
end

-- Does the article have a corresponding Commons gallery?
-- Arguments:
-- qid = QID to lookup in wikidata (for testing only)
-- Returns:
-- filename at Commons if so, false if not
function p._hasGallery(qid)
local galleryLink, consistent = p._hasGalleryConsistent(qid)
return consistent and galleryLink
end

-- Does the article have a Commons category? Is wikidata consistent for that?
-- Arguments:
-- qid = QID to lookup in wikidata (for testing only)
-- prefix = whether to add "Category:" to return string (default true)
-- Returns:
-- filename at Commons, bool: consistent
function p._hasCategoryConsistent(qid,prefix)
if prefix == nil then
prefix = true
end
local wp_title, wp_ns
wp_title, wp_ns, qid = _getTitleQID(qid)
local categoryLink, consistent = _lookupCategory(qid,true)
if categoryLink and prefix then
categoryLink = "Category:"..categoryLink
end
return categoryLink, consistent
end

-- Does the article have a corresponding Commons category?
-- Arguments:
-- qid = QID to lookup in wikidata (for testing only)
-- prefix = whether to add "Category:" to return string (default true)
-- Returns:
-- filename at Commons if so, blank if not
function p._hasCategory(qid,prefix)
local categoryLink, consistent = p._hasCategoryConsistent(qid,prefix)
return consistent and categoryLink
end

-- Create Commons link corresponding to current article
-- Arguments:
-- namespace = namespace in Commons ("" for galleries)
-- default = use as Commons link, don't access wikidata
-- search = string to search for
-- fallback = string to search for if wikidata fails
-- formatting = formatting parameters
-- qid = QID to lookup in wikidata (for testing only)
-- Returns:
-- formatted wikilink to Commons in specified namespace
function p._getCommons(namespace,default,search,fallback,formatting,qid)
local nsColon
if not namespace or namespace == "" then
nsColon = ""
else
nsColon = namespace..":"
end
if default then
return "[[Commons:"..nsColon..default.."|".._formatResult(default,formatting).."]]"
end
if search then
return "[[Commons:Special:Search/"..nsColon..search.."|".._formatResult(search,formatting).."]]"
end
local wp_title, wp_ns
wp_title, wp_ns, qid = _getTitleQID(qid)
local commonsLink = nil
local consistent = true
if nsColon == "" then
commonsLink, consistent = _lookupGallery(qid,true)
elseif namespace:lower() == "category" then
commonsLink, consistent = _lookupCategory(qid,true)
end
-- use wikidata if consistent
if commonsLink and consistent then
return "[[Commons:"..nsColon..commonsLink.."|".._formatResult(commonsLink,formatting).."]]"
end
-- if not consistent, fall back to search and add to tracking cat
-- construct default result (which searches for title)
local searchResult = "[[Commons:Special:Search/"..nsColon..(fallback or wp_title)
.."|".._formatResult(fallback or wp_title,formatting).."]]"
if not consistent and wp_ns == "" then
local friendlyNS
if nsColon == "" then
friendlyNS = "gallery"
else
friendlyNS = namespace:lower()
end
searchResult = searchResult.."[[Category:Inconsistent wikidata for Commons "..friendlyNS.."]]"
end
return searchResult
end

-- Returns "best" Commons link: first look for gallery, then try category
-- Arguments:
-- default = use as Commons link, don't access wikidata
-- search = string to search for
-- fallback = string to search for if wikidata lookup fails
-- formatting = formatting parameters
-- qid = QID to lookup in wikidata (for testing only)
-- Returns:
-- formatted wikilink to Commons "best" landing page
function p._getGalleryOrCategory(default, search, fallback, formatting, qid)
if default then
return "[[Commons:"..default.."|".._formatResult(default,formatting).."]]"
end
if search then
return "[[Commons:Special:Search/"..search.."|".._formatResult(search,formatting).."]]"
end
local wp_title, wp_ns
wp_title, wp_ns, qid = _getTitleQID(qid)
local trackingCats = ""
local galleryLink, consistent, commonsSitelink = _lookupGallery(qid,true)
-- use wikidata if either sitelink or P935 exist, and they both agree
if galleryLink and consistent then
return "[[Commons:"..galleryLink.."|".._formatResult(galleryLink,formatting).."]]"
end
if not consistent and wp_ns == "" then
trackingCats = "[[Category:Inconsistent wikidata for Commons gallery]]"
end
-- if gallery is not good, fall back looking for category
local categoryLink
categoryLink, consistent = _lookupCategory(qid,false,commonsSitelink)
if categoryLink and consistent then
return "[[Commons:Category:"..categoryLink.."|".._formatResult(categoryLink,formatting).."]]"..trackingCats
end
if not consistent and wp_ns == "" then
trackingCats = trackingCats.."[[Category:Inconsistent wikidata for Commons category]]"
end
-- return search result looking for title as last attempt
return "[[Commons:Special:Search/" .. (fallback or wp_title) ..
"|" .. _formatResult(fallback or wp_title,formatting) .. "]]" .. trackingCats
end

-- Return link(s) Commons gallery, or category, or both from wikidata
-- Arguments:
-- defaultGallery = default gallery link to use, instead of wikidata
-- defaultCategory = default category link to use, instead of wikidata
-- categoryText = if both gallery and category, text to use in category link ("category" by default)
-- oneSearch = only emit one search result
-- formatting = formatting parameters
-- qid = qid of page to lookup in wikidata (testing only)
function p._getGalleryAndCategory(defaultGallery, defaultCategory,
categoryText, oneSearch, formatting, qid
)
local wp_title, wp_ns
wp_title, wp_ns, qid = _getTitleQID(qid)
categoryText = categoryText or "category"
local trackingCats = ""
local galleryLink, galleryConsistent
local commonsSitelink = nil
if defaultGallery then
galleryLink = defaultGallery
galleryConsistent = true
else
galleryLink, galleryConsistent, commonsSitelink = _lookupGallery(qid,true)
end
local galleryGood = galleryLink and galleryConsistent
if not galleryConsistent and wp_ns == "" then
trackingCats = "[[Category:Inconsistent wikidata for Commons gallery]]"
end
local categoryLink, categoryConsistent
if defaultCategory then
categoryLink = defaultCategory
categoryConsistent = true
else
categoryLink, categoryConsistent = _lookupCategory(qid,defaultGallery,commonsSitelink)
end
local categoryGood = categoryLink and categoryConsistent
if not categoryConsistent and wp_ns == "" then
trackingCats = trackingCats.."[[Category:Inconsistent wikidata for Commons category]]"
end
local firstLink
-- construct default result (which searches for title)
local searchResult = "[[Commons:Special:Search/"..wp_title.."|".._formatResult(wp_title,formatting).."]]"
if not oneSearch then
searchResult = searchResult.." ([[Commons:Special:Search/Category:"..wp_title.."|"..categoryText.."]])"
end
local linkText = nil
if galleryGood then
firstLink = galleryLink
linkText = galleryLink
elseif categoryGood then
firstLink = "Category:"..categoryLink
linkText = categoryLink
else
return searchResult..trackingCats
end
local resultVal = "[[Commons:"..firstLink.."|".._formatResult(linkText,formatting).."]]"
if galleryGood and categoryGood then
resultVal = resultVal.." ([[Commons:Category:"..categoryLink.."|"..categoryText.."]])"
end
return resultVal..trackingCats
end

-- Compare two titles with their namespaces stripped
local function titleMatch(s1,s2)
s1 = s1 or ""
s2 = s2 or ""
s1 = mw.ustring.gsub(s1,"^[^:]+:","")
s2 = mw.ustring.gsub(s2,"^[^:]+:","")
return s1 == s2
end

local galleryTrackingCats = {
commons_link_on_wikidata = '[[Category:Commons link is on Wikidata]]',
commons_link_defined_as_pagename = '[[Category:Commons link is defined as the pagename]]',
commons_link_locally_defined = '[[Category:Commons link is locally defined]]',
commons_link_from_wikidata = '[[Category:Commons link from Wikidata]]',
commons_link_is_pagename = '[[Category:Commons link is the pagename]]',
inconsistent = '[[Category:Inconsistent wikidata for Commons gallery]]'
}

local categoryTrackingCats = {
commons_link_on_wikidata = '[[Category:Commons category link is on Wikidata]]',
commons_link_defined_as_pagename = '[[Category:Commons category link is defined as the pagename]]',
commons_link_locally_defined = '[[Category:Commons category link is locally defined]]',
commons_link_from_wikidata = '[[Category:Commons category link from Wikidata]]',
commons_link_is_pagename = '[[Category:Commons category link is the pagename]]',
inconsistent = '[[Category:Inconsistent wikidata for Commons category]]'
}

local function selectTrackingCat(trackingCats,wikidata,consistent,default,title)
if not consistent then
return trackingCats.inconsistent
end
if default then
-- construct warning message
if default == wikidata then
return trackingCats.commons_link_on_wikidata
end
local warning = ""
if wikidata then
local generateWarning = require('Module:If preview')._warning
warning = generateWarning({
"Commons link does not match Wikidata – [[Template:Commons_category#Resolving_discrepancies|please check]]"
})
end
if titleMatch(default,title) then
return trackingCats.commons_link_defined_as_pagename .. warning
end
return trackingCats.commons_link_locally_defined .. warning
end
if wikidata then
return trackingCats.commons_link_from_wikidata
end
return trackingCats.commons_link_is_pagename
end

-- Figure out tracking categories and editor warnings
-- Arguments:
-- default = Commons link argument passed to template
-- fetchGallery = whether to fetch a gallery from Wikidata
-- fetchCategory = whether to fetch a category from Wikidata
-- qid = force a qid for testing
-- Returns:
-- tracking category and possible user warning
--
-- Note: the logic for the tracking is quite different than the logic
-- for generating Commons links (above). Thus, it is separated into another
-- function for code clarity and maintainability. This should not seriously
-- affect performance: server time is dominated by fetching wikidata entities,
-- and those entities should be cached and shared between the Commons generating
-- code and this tracking code.
function p._tracking(default, fetchGallery, fetchCategory, qid)
local title, wp_ns, wp_qid = _getTitleQID(qid,true)
if wp_ns ~= "" then
title = wp_ns..":"..title
end
-- only track if test or namespace=article or namespace=category
if not (qid or wp_ns == "" or wp_ns == "Category") then
return ""
end

-- determine title and namespace of wikidata and wp article
local wikidata = nil
local consistent = nil
-- Tracking code works for all 4 cases of states of fetchGallery/Category
-- fetchGallery takes precedence
if fetchGallery then
wikidata, consistent = p._hasGalleryConsistent(qid)
if default or not fetchCategory or (consistent and wikidata) then
return selectTrackingCat(galleryTrackingCats,wikidata,consistent,
default,title)
end
end
if fetchCategory then
local cat_wikidata, cat_consistent = p._hasCategoryConsistent(qid,true)
if not fetchGallery or (cat_consistent and cat_wikidata) then
return selectTrackingCat(categoryTrackingCats,cat_wikidata,
cat_consistent,default,title)
end
return selectTrackingCat(galleryTrackingCats,wikidata,consistent,
default,title)
end
return "" -- nothing fetched, nothing tracked
end

local function _createFormatting(args)
local formatting = {}
formatting.linktext = args.linktext
local yesNo = require('Module:Yesno')
formatting.lcfirst = yesNo(args.lcfirst)
formatting.bold = yesNo(args.bold)
formatting.italic = yesNo(args.italic)
formatting.nowrap = yesNo(args.nowrap)
return formatting
end

-- Testing-only entry point for _getTitleQID
function p.getTitleQID(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame,{frameOnly=true,parentOnly=false,parentFirst=false})
local text, ns, qid = _getTitleQID(args[1],args[2])
return text..","..ns..","..(qid or "nil")
end

-- Testing-only entry point for _lookupFallback
function p.lookupFallback(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame,{frameOnly=true,parentOnly=false,parentFirst=false})
local fallback = _lookupFallback(args[1],args[2])
return fallback or "nil"
end

-- Find the Commons gallery page associated with article
function p.getGallery(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame,{frameOnly=true,parentOnly=false,parentFirst=false})
return p._getCommons("",args[1],args.search,args.fallback,_createFormatting(args),args.qid)
end

-- Find the Commons category page associated with article
function p.getCategory(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame,{frameOnly=true,parentOnly=false,parentFirst=false})
local retval = p._getCommons("Category", args[1],
args.search, args.fallback, _createFormatting(args), args.qid
)
if args.tracking then
local default = nil
if args[1] then
default = "Category:"..args[1]
end
retval = retval..p._tracking(default, false, true, args.qid)
end
return retval
end

function p.getGalleryOrCategory(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame,{frameOnly=true,parentOnly=false,parentFirst=false})
local retval = p._getGalleryOrCategory(
args[1], args.search, args.fallback, _createFormatting(args), args.qid
)
if args.tracking then
retval = retval..p._tracking(args[1],true,true,args.qid)
end
return retval
end

function p.hasGallery(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame,{frameOnly=true,parentOnly=false,parentFirst=false})
return p._hasGallery(args.qid) or ""
end

function p.hasCategory(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame,{frameOnly=true,parentOnly=false,parentFirst=false})
return p._hasCategory(args.qid) or ""
end

function p.hasGalleryOrCategory(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame,{frameOnly=true,parentOnly=false,parentFirst=false})
return p._hasGallery(args.qid) or p._hasCategory(args.qid) or ""
end

function p.getGalleryAndCategory(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame,{frameOnly=true,parentOnly=false,parentFirst=false})
return p._getGalleryAndCategory(args[1], args[2],
args.categoryText, args.oneSearch, _createFormatting(args), args.qid)
end

function p.tracking(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame,{frameOnly=true,parentOnly=false,parentFirst=false})
return p._tracking(args[1], args.fetchGallery, args.fetchCategory, args.qid)
end

return p

Template:Country data Malaysia

2026-06-15T02:42:22Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

{{ {{{1<noinclude>|country showdata</noinclude>}}}
| alias = Malaysia
| flag alias = Flag of Malaysia.svg
| flag alias-1895 = Flag of the Federated Malay States (1895 - 1946).svg
| flag alias-1948 = Flag of Malaya (1950–1963).svg
| flag alias-naval = Naval Ensign of Malaysia.svg
| link alias-naval = Royal Malaysian Navy
| flag alias-air force = Royal Malaysian Air Force Flag.svg
| link alias-air force = Royal Malaysian Air Force
| flag alias-civil = Civil Ensign of Malaysia.svg
| link alias-civil = Malaysia
| flag alias-army = Flag of the Malaysian Army.svg
| link alias-army = Malaysian Army
| flag alias-navy = Naval Ensign of Malaysia.svg
| link alias-navy = Royal Malaysian Navy
| flag alias-military = Flag of the Malaysian Armed Forces.svg
| link alias-military = Malaysian Armed Forces
| flag alias-coast guard = Flag of the Malaysian Maritime Enforcement Agency.svg
| link alias-coast guard = Malaysian Maritime Enforcement Agency
| flag alias-23px = Flag of Malaysia 23px.svg
| size = {{{size|}}}
| name = {{{name|}}}
| altlink = {{{altlink|}}}
| variant = {{{variant|}}}
<noinclude>
| var1 = 1895
| var2 = 1948
| var3 = civil
| redir1 = MYS
| redir2 = MAS
| related1 = Malaya
| related2 = Malayan Union
| related3 = Kingdom of Sarawak
| related4 = North Borneo
</noinclude>
}}

Template:Country data Indonesia

2026-06-15T02:42:21Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

{{ {{{1<noinclude>|country showdata</noinclude>}}}
| alias = Indonesia
| flag alias = Flag of Indonesia.svg
| link alias-naval = Indonesian Navy
| flag alias-naval = Flag of Indonesia.svg
| link alias-navy = Indonesian Navy
| flag alias-navy = Flag of the Indonesian Navy.svg
| link alias-marines= Indonesian Marine Corps
| flag alias-marines = Flag of the Indonesian Marine Corps.png
| link alias-air force = Indonesian Air Force
| flag alias-air force = Flag of the Indonesian Air Force.svg
| link alias-army = Indonesian Army
| flag alias-army = Flag of the Indonesian Army.svg
| flag alias-military = Flag of the Indonesian National Armed Forces.svg
| link alias-military = Indonesian National Armed Forces
| flag alias-sanctionedFB = Indonesia coat of arms with name.svg
| size = {{{size|}}}
| name = {{{name|}}}
| altlink = {{{altlink|}}}
| variant = {{{variant|}}}
<noinclude>
| var1 = sanctionedFB
| redir1 = IDN
| redir2 = INA
</noinclude>
}}

Template:Country data Thailand

2026-06-15T02:42:20Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

{{ {{{1<noinclude>|country showdata</noinclude>}}}
| alias = Thailand
| shortname alias = {{{shortname alias|Thailand}}}
| flag alias = Flag of Thailand.svg
| flag alias-1767 = Flag of Thailand (Ayutthaya period).svg
| flag alias-1782 = Flag of Thailand (1782).svg
| flag alias-1817 = Flag of Thailand (1817).svg
| flag alias-1855 = Flag of Thailand 1855.svg
| flag alias-1893 = State Flag of Thailand (1916).svg
| flag alias-1916 = Flag of Siam (1916).svg
| flag alias-marines=Flag of the Royal Thai Marine Corps.svg
| link alias-marines=Royal Thai Marine Corps
| flag alias-naval = Naval Ensign of Thailand.svg
| link alias-naval = Royal Thai Navy
| flag alias-navy = Flag of the Royal Thai Navy.svg
| link alias-navy = Royal Thai Navy
| flag alias-military=Flag of the Royal Thai Armed Forces HQ.svg
| link alias-military=Royal Thai Armed Forces
| flag alias-air force = Flag of the Royal Thai Air Force.svg
| link alias-air force = Royal Thai Air Force
| flag alias-army= Flag of the Royal Thai Army.svg
| link alias-army=Royal Thai Army
| flag alias-sanctionedFB = THA AFF 2020.png
| flag alias-police=Thai National Police Flag.svg
| link alias-police=Royal Thai Police
| size = {{{size|}}}
| name = {{{name|}}}
| altlink = {{{altlink|}}}
| altvar = {{{altvar|}}}
| variant = {{{variant|}}}
<noinclude>
| var1 = 1767
| var2 = 1782
| var3 = 1817
| var4 = 1855
| var5 = 1893
| var6 = 1916
| var7 = sanctionedFB
| var8 = police
| redir1 = THA
| related1 = Siam
</noinclude>
}}

Template:Country data India

2026-06-15T02:42:19Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

{{ {{{1<noinclude>|country showdata</noinclude>}}}
| alias = India
| flag alias = Flag of India.svg
| flag alias-1880 = British Raj Red Ensign.svg
| flag alias-British = British Raj Red Ensign.svg
| flag alias-1931 = 1931 Flag of India.svg
| flag alias-civil = Civil Ensign of India.svg
| flag alias-army = Flag of Indian Army.svg
| link alias-army = Indian Army
| flag alias-naval-1879 = Flag of Imperial India.svg
| flag alias-naval-1884 = Flag of Imperial India.svg
| flag alias-naval-1928 = Naval ensign of the United Kingdom.svg
| flag alias-naval-1947 = Naval ensign of the United Kingdom.svg
| flag alias-naval-1950 = Naval Ensign of India (1950–2001).svg
| flag alias-naval-2001 = Naval Ensign of India (2001–2004).svg
| flag alias-naval-2004 = Naval Ensign of India (2004–2014).svg
| flag alias-naval-2014 = Naval Ensign of India (2014–2022).svg
| flag alias-naval-2022 = Naval Ensign of India (2022).svg
| flag alias-naval = Naval Ensign of India.svg
| flag alias-air force-1950 = Air Force Ensign of India (1950–2023).svg
| flag alias-air force = Air Force Ensign of India.svg
| flag alias-coast guard = Indian Coast Guard flag.svg
| link alias-coast guard = Indian Coast Guard
| link alias-naval = Indian Navy
| link alias-air force = Indian Air Force
| flag alias-navy = Naval Ensign of India.svg
| link alias-navy = Indian Navy
| flag alias-military = Flag of the Indian Armed Forces.svg
| link alias-military = Indian Armed Forces
| size = {{{size|}}}
| name = {{{name|}}}
| altlink = {{{altlink|}}}
| variant = {{{variant|}}}
<noinclude>
| var1 = 1880
| var2 = British
| var3= 1931
| var4 = civil
| var5 = naval-1879
| var6 = naval-1884
| var7 = naval-1928
| var8 = naval-1947
| var9 = naval-1950
| var10 = naval-2001
| var11 = naval-2004
| var12 = naval-2014
| var13 = naval-2022
| var14 = air force-1950
| redir1 = IND
| related1 = British Raj
| related2 = Dominion of India
</noinclude>
}}

Template:Country data Myanmar

2026-06-15T02:42:18Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

{{ {{{1<noinclude>|country showdata</noinclude>}}}
| alias = Myanmar
| shortname alias = {{{shortname alias|Myanmar}}}
| flag alias = Flag of Myanmar.svg
| flag alias-1937 = British Burma 1937 flag.svg
| flag alias-1943 = Flag of Burma 1943.svg
| flag alias-1948 = Flag of Burma (1948–1974).svg
| flag alias-1974 = Flag of Myanmar (1974–2010).svg
| flag alias-military = Flag of the Armed Forces (Tatmadaw) of Myanmar.svg
| link alias-military = Tatmadaw
| flag alias-naval = Naval Ensign of Myanmar.svg
| link alias-air force = Myanmar Air Force
| flag alias-army = Army Flag of Myanmar.svg
| flag alias-air force = Air Force Ensign of Myanmar.svg
| link alias-army = Myanmar Army
| link alias-naval = Myanmar Navy
| flag alias-navy = Naval Ensign of Myanmar.svg
| link alias-navy = Myanmar Navy
| flag alias-coast guard = Myanmar Coast Guard Ensign.svg
| link alias-coast guard = Myanmar Coast Guard
| flag alias-army 1948 = Former army flag of Myanmar.png
| link alias-army 1948 = Myanmar Army
| flag alias-navy 1948 = Naval Ensign of Burma (1948-1974).svg
| link alias-navy 1948 = Myanmar Navy
| flag alias-navy 1974 = Naval Ensign of Burma (1974–1994).svg
| link alias-navy 1974 = Myanmar Navy
| flag alias-air force 1948 = Air Force Ensign of Burma (1948-1974).svg
| link alias-air force 1948 = Myanmar Air Force
| flag alias-air force 1974 = Former Ensign of Myanmar Air Force.png
| link alias-air force 1974 = Myanmar Air Firce
| size = {{{size|}}}
| name = {{{name|}}}
| altlink = {{{altlink|}}}
| altvar = {{{altvar|}}}
| variant = {{{variant|}}}
<noinclude>
| var1 = 1937
| var2 = 1943
| var3 = 1948
| var4 = 1974
| var5 = army 1948
| var6 = navy 1948
| var7 = navy 1974
| var8 = air force 1948
| var9 = air force 1974
| related1 = Burma
| related2 = British Burma
| related3 = Konbaung dynasty
</noinclude>
}}

Module:CountryData/cacheJ

2026-06-15T02:42:17Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

local CountryData = require('Module:CountryData')
local pages = {'Bolivia', 'El_Salvador', 'Ethiopia', 'Guatemala', 'Iraq', 'Lebanon', 'Myanmar', 'North_Korea', 'Northern_Ireland', 'Syria', 'Trinidad_and_Tobago', 'Uganda'}
local p = {
data = {}
}
local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()

for _,v in ipairs(pages) do
p.data[v] = CountryData.gettable(frame, v, {})
end

return p

Module:CountryData

2026-06-15T02:42:16Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

local p = {}
local mostUsed = mw.loadData('Module:CountryData/summary')

local function getcontents(frame,country,params)
return frame:expandTemplate({title="Country data "..country;args=params})
end

function p.getcachedtable(frame, country, params)
country = mostUsed.redirects[country] or country
if params and next(params) then return p.gettable(frame, country, params) end
-- Uses mw.loadData to cache data for the most-used templates
if mostUsed.pages[country] then
local cache = mw.loadData('Module:CountryData/cache' .. mostUsed.pages[country])
if cache.data[country] then return cache.data[country] end
end
-- if not in cache
return p.gettable(frame, country, params)
end

function p.gettable(frame,country,params)
--Returns the parameters of a country data template as a Lua table
--If not a valid data template, return empty table
local bool, s = pcall(getcontents,frame,country,params or {})
if bool and (string.find(s,"^%{%{ *%{%{%{1") or string.find(s,"^%{%{safesubst: *%{%{%{1"))
then
--Replace parameter delimiters with arbitrary control characters
--to avoid clashes if param values contain equals/pipe signs
s = string.gsub(s,"|([^|=]-)=","\1\1%1\2")
s = string.gsub(s,"}}%s*$","\1")
--Loop over string and add params to table
local part = {}
for par in string.gmatch(s,"\1[^\1\2]-\2[^\1\2]-\1") do
local k = string.match(par,"\1%s*(.-)%s*\2")
local v = string.match(par,"\2%s*(.-)%s*\1")
if v and not (v=="" and string.find(k,"^flag alias")) then
part[k] = v
end
end
return part
else
return {}
end
end

function p.getalias(frame)
--Returns a single parameter value from a data template
local part = p.gettable(frame,frame.args[1])
if frame.args.variant
then return tostring(part[frame.args[2].."-"..frame.args.variant]
or part[frame.args[2]] or frame.args.def)
else return tostring(part[frame.args[2]] or frame.args.def)
end
end

function p.gettemplate(frame)
--For testing, recreates the country data from the created Lua table
--Get data table
local data = p.gettable(frame,frame.args[1])
--Concatenate fields into a template-like string
local out = "{{ {{{1}}}"
for k,v in pairs(data) do
out = out.."\n| "..k.." = "..v
end
return out.."\n}}"
end

return p

Module:Location map/data/Indian Ocean

2026-06-15T02:42:15Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

return {
name = 'Indian Ocean',
x = '(52.4063)*( cos( $1*0.01745329252 )*sin( ($2-90)*0.01745329252 ) ) * ( ((1 + sin( $1*0.01745329252 )*sin( -20.0*0.01745329252 ) + cos( $1*0.01745329252 )*cos( -20.0*0.01745329252 )*cos( ($2-90)*0.01745329252 ) ) *0.5)^ -0.5) + 50',
y = '(100 -53.1221 ) - (55.4612)*( cos( -20.0*0.01745329252 )*sin( $1*0.01745329252 ) - sin( -20.0*0.01745329252 )*cos( $1*0.01745329252 )*cos( ($2-90)*0.01745329252 ) ) * ( ((1 + sin( $1*0.01745329252 )*sin( -20.0*0.01745329252 ) + cos( $1*0.01745329252 )*cos( -20.0*0.01745329252 )*cos( ($2-90)*0.01745329252 ) ) *0.5)^ -0.5)',
image = 'Indian Ocean laea location map.svg',
image1 = 'Indian Ocean laea relief location map.jpg'
}

Module:Infobox body of water tracking

2026-06-15T02:42:14Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

local p = {}

function p.tracking(frame)
local function isblank( val )
return (val == nil) or val:match('^[%s]*$')
end

local function hasnoconvert( val )
local res = nil
val = mw.text.killMarkers(val)
if val:match('[0-9]') then
res = 1
if val:match('[%(][−0-9%.]') and val:match('[%)]') then
res = nil
end
end
return res
end

local cats = ''
local maincats = ''
local args = frame:getParent().args
local AZ = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
local warnmsg = {}

if isblank(args['image']) then
maincats = maincats .. '[[Category:Articles using infobox body of water without image]]'
elseif isblank(args['alt']) then
maincats = maincats .. '[[Category:Articles using infobox body of water without alt]]'
end

if isblank(args['coords']) and isblank(args['coordinates']) then
maincats = maincats .. '[[Category:Articles using infobox body of water without coordinates]]'
end

if (isblank(args['pushpin_map']) ) then
maincats = maincats .. '[[Category:Articles using infobox body of water without pushpin_map]]'
elseif isblank(args['pushpin_map_alt']) then
maincats = maincats .. '[[Category:Articles using infobox body of water without pushpin_map_alt]]'
end

if (isblank(args['image_bathymetry']) ) then
maincats = maincats .. '[[Category:Articles using infobox body of water without image_bathymetry]]'
elseif isblank(args['alt_bathymetry']) then
maincats = maincats .. '[[Category:Articles using infobox body of water without alt_bathymetry]]'
end

if args['mapframe'] and mw.text.trim(args['mapframe']) == 'yes' then
maincats = maincats .. '[[Category:Articles using infobox body of water with mapframe]]'
end

local duplicate_parameters = 0
local duplicate_list = {
{'child', 'embed'},
{'name', 'lake_name'},
{'image', 'image_lake'},
{'alt', 'alt_lake'},
{'caption', 'caption_lake'},
{'coordinates', 'coords'},
{'lake_type', 'type'},
{'ocean_type', 'type'},
{'lake_type', 'ocean_type'},
{'part_of', 'parent'},
{'basin_countries', 'countries'},
{'catchment_km2', 'catchment'},
{'length_km', 'length'},
{'length_mi', 'length'},
{'width_km', 'width'},
{'width_mi', 'width'},
{'area_km2', 'area'},
{'area_mi2', 'area'},
{'depth_m', 'depth'},
{'max-depth_m', 'max-depth'},
{'volume_km3', 'volume'},
{'shore_km', 'shore'},
{'elevation_m', 'elevation'},
{'settlements', 'cities'},
{'extra', 'nrhp'},
{'extra', 'embedded'},
{'embedded', 'nrhp'}
}
for i, params in ipairs(duplicate_list) do
if args[params[1]] and args[params[2]] then
duplicate_parameters = duplicate_parameters + 1
table.insert(warnmsg, 'Cannot use <code>' .. params[1] .. '</code> and <code>' .. params[2] .. '</code> at the same time.')
end
end
if (duplicate_parameters > 0) then
cats = cats .. '[[Category:Pages using infobox body of water with ' ..
'duplicate parameters|' ..
string.sub(AZ, duplicate_parameters, duplicate_parameters+1) .. ']]'
end

local no_convert_parameters = 0
local dim_list = {
'catchment', 'length', 'width', 'area', 'depth', 'max-depth', 'volume',
'shore', 'elevation', 'temperature_low', 'temperature_high'}
for i, param in ipairs(dim_list) do
if hasnoconvert(args[param] or '') then
no_convert_parameters = no_convert_parameters + 1
table.insert(warnmsg, 'Unconverted dimensions in <code>' .. param .. '</code>')
end
end
if (no_convert_parameters > 0) then
maincats = maincats .. '[[Category:Pages using infobox body of water with a non-automatically converted dimension|' ..
string.sub(AZ,no_convert_parameters, no_convert_parameters+1) .. ']]'
end

if #warnmsg > 0 then
cats = require('Module:If preview')._warning({
table.concat(warnmsg, ' ') .. ' (Infobox body of water).'
}) .. cats
end

if maincats ~= '' and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 then
cats = cats .. maincats
end

return cats
end

return p

Template:SHORTDESC

2026-06-15T02:42:13Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

Template:Short description

2026-06-15T02:42:12Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{{1|}}}}}|none|{{SHORTDESC:|{{{2|}}}}}<nowiki/>|<div class="shortdescription nomobile noexcerpt noprint searchaux" style="display:none">{{{1|}}}{{SHORTDESC:{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}</div>}}<includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{{pagetype}}}|Disambiguation pages||{{#ifeq:{{pagetype |defaultns = all |user=exclude}}|exclude||{{#ifeq:{{#switch: {{NAMESPACENUMBER}} | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | 100 | 101 | 118 | 119 | 828 | 829 | = exclude|#default=}}|exclude||[[Category:{{{pagetype|{{pagetype |defaultns = extended |plural=y}}}}} with short description]]}}}}}}</includeonly>{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{Main other|[[Category:Pages using short description with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Short description]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| 1 | 2 | pagetype | bot |plural }}{{#ifexpr: {{#invoke:String|len|{{{1|}}}}}>100 | [[Category:{{{pagetype|{{pagetype |defaultns = extended |plural=y}}}}} with long short description]]}}<includeonly>{{#if:{{{1|}}}||[[Category:Pages with empty short description]]}}</includeonly>{{Short description/lowercasecheck|{{{1|}}}}}{{Main other |{{SDcat |sd={{{1|}}} }} }}<noinclude>
{{Documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:RP

2026-06-15T02:42:10Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

#REDIRECT [[Template:Reference page]]

{{Rcat shell|{{R from move}}{{R from template shortcut}}{{R from modification}}}}

Template:R/superscript

2026-06-15T02:42:09Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

{{#if:{{{where|}}}|{{#if:{{{quote|}}}|{{{prefix|}}}}}{{#invoke:DecodeEncode|encode|s={{#invoke:Plain text|main|1={{{leadin|}}}: {{#if:{{{quote-where|}}}|{{{quote-where|}}}|{{{where|}}}}}|encode=false}}|charset=<>"}}{{#if:{{{quote|}}}|
Quotation{{#invoke:DecodeEncode|encode|s={{#invoke:Plain text|main|1={{#if:{{{language|}}}| ({{#ifeq:{{lang|fn=is_ietf_tag|{{{language|}}}}}|true|{{lang|fn=name_from_tag|{{{language|}}}}}|{{{language|}}}}})}}: "{{trim quotes|s={{{quote|}}}}}"{{#if:{{{translation|}}}|
Translation: "{{trim quotes|s={{{translation}}}}}"}}|encode=false}}|charset=<>"}}" class="tooltip tooltip-dashed" style="border-bottom: 1px dashed;}}">{{#if:{{{quote|}}}||{{{prefix|}}}}}{{{pp|}}}{{{sup-where|}}}{{#if:{{{quote|}}}||{{{suffix|}}}}}{{#if:{{{quote|}}}|{{{suffix|}}}}}}}<noinclude>
{{documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:MMR

2026-06-15T02:42:08Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

{{#invoke:flag||Myanmar}}<noinclude>
{{flag template documentation|Myanmar|MMR|MYA|MYA}}
</noinclude>

Template:List of seas

2026-06-15T02:42:04Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

{{Navbox
| name = List of seas
| title = [[Earth]]'s [[Borders of the oceans|oceans]] and [[List of seas on Earth|seas]]
| state = {{{state<includeonly>|collapsed</includeonly>}}}
| bodyclass = hlist

| group1 = [[Southern Ocean|Antarctic/Southern Ocean]]
| list1 =
* [[Amundsen Sea]]
* [[Bellingshausen Sea]]
* [[Cooperation Sea]]
* [[Cosmonauts Sea]]
* [[Davis Sea]]
* [[D'Urville Sea]]
* [[King Haakon VII Sea]]
* [[Lazarev Sea]]
* [[Mawson Sea]]
* [[Riiser-Larsen Sea]]
* [[Ross Sea]]
* [[Scotia Sea]]
* [[Somov Sea]]
* [[Weddell Sea]]

| group2 = [[Arctic Ocean]]
| list2 =
* [[Amundsen Gulf]]
* [[Barents Sea]]
* [[Beaufort Sea]]
* [[Chukchi Sea]]
* [[East Siberian Sea]]
* [[Greenland Sea]]
* [[Gulf of Boothia]]
* [[Kara Sea]]
* [[Laptev Sea]]
* [[Lincoln Sea]]
* [[Pechora Sea]]
* [[Prince Gustaf Adolf Sea]]
* [[Queen Victoria Sea]]
* [[Wandel Sea]]
* [[White Sea]]

| group3 = [[Atlantic Ocean]]
| list3 =
* [[Adriatic Sea]]
* [[Aegean Sea]]
* [[Alboran Sea]]
* [[American Mediterranean Sea]]
* [[Archipelago Sea]]
* [[Argentine Sea]]
* [[Baffin Bay]]
* [[Balearic Sea]]
* [[Baltic Sea]]
* [[Bay of Biscay]]
* [[Bothnian Bay|Bay of Bothnia]]
* [[Bay of Campeche]]
* [[Bay of Fundy]]
* [[Black Sea]]
* [[Bothnian Sea]]
* [[Caribbean Sea]]
* [[Celtic Sea]]
* [[English Channel]]
* [[Foxe Basin]]
* [[Greenland Sea]]
* [[Gulf of Bothnia]]
* [[Gulf of Finland]]
* [[Gulf of Guinea]]
* [[Gulf of Lion]]
* [[Gulf of Maine]]
* [[Gulf of Mexico]]
* [[Gulf of Sidra]]
* [[Gulf of St. Lawrence]]
* [[Gulf of Venezuela]]
* [[Hudson Bay]]
* [[Ionian Sea]]
* [[Irish Sea]]
* [[Irminger Sea]]
* [[James Bay]]
* [[Labrador Sea]]
* [[Levantine Sea]]
* [[Libyan Sea]]
* [[Ligurian Sea]]
* [[Mediterranean Sea]]
* [[Myrtoan Sea]]
* [[North Sea]]
* [[Norwegian Sea]]
* [[Sargasso Sea]]
* [[Sea of Åland]]
* [[Sea of Azov]]
* [[Sea of Crete]]
* [[Sea of the Hebrides]]
* [[Sea of Marmara]]
* [[Thracian Sea]]
* [[Tyrrhenian Sea]]
* [[Wadden Sea]]

| group4 = [[Indian Ocean]]
| list4 =
* [[Andaman Sea]]
* [[Arabian Sea]]
* [[Bay of Bengal]]
* [[Flores Sea]]
* [[Great Australian Bight]]
* [[Gulf of Aden]]
* [[Gulf of Aqaba]]
* [[Gulf of Khambhat]]
* [[Gulf of Kutch]]
* [[Gulf of Oman]]
* [[Gulf of Suez]]
* [[Laccadive Sea]]
* [[Mozambique Channel]]
* [[Persian Gulf]]
* [[Red Sea]]
* [[Timor Sea]]

| group5 = [[Pacific Ocean]]
| list5 =
* [[Arafura Sea]]
* [[Bali Sea]]
* [[Banda Sea]]
* [[Bering Sea]]
* [[Bismarck Sea]]
* [[Bohai Sea]]
* [[Bohol Sea]]
* [[Camotes Sea]]
* [[Celebes Sea]]
* [[Chilean Sea]]
* [[Coral Sea]]
* [[East China Sea]]
* [[Gulf of Alaska]]
* [[Gulf of Anadyr]]
* [[Gulf of California]]
* [[Gulf of Carpentaria]]
* [[Gulf of Fonseca]]
* [[Gulf of Panama]]
* [[Gulf of Thailand]]
* [[Gulf of Tonkin]]
* [[Halmahera Sea]]
* [[Java Sea]]
* [[Koro Sea]]
* [[Mar de Grau]]
* [[Molucca Sea]]
* [[Moro Gulf]]
* [[Philippine Sea]]
* [[Salish Sea]]
* [[Savu Sea]]
* [[Sea of Japan]]
* [[Sea of Okhotsk]]
* [[Seram Sea]]
* [[Seto Inland Sea]]
* [[Shantar Sea]]
* [[Sibuyan Sea]]
* [[Solomon Sea]]
* [[South China Sea]]
* [[Sulu Sea]]
* [[Tasman Sea]]
* [[Visayan Sea]]
* [[West Philippine Sea]]
* [[Yellow Sea]]

| group6 = [[Endorheic basin]]s
| list6 =
* [[Aral Sea]]
* [[Caspian Sea]]
* [[Dead Sea]]
* [[Salton Sea]]

| group7 = Others
| list7 =
*[[List of ancient oceans|Ancient oceans]]
*[[Ocean]]
*[[Sea]]
*[[Superocean]]

| below =
* '''{{portal-inline|size=small|Oceans}}'''
* {{icon|Category}} '''[[:Category:Seas|Category]]'''

}}<noinclude>
{{Documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:List of Indonesian seas

2026-06-15T02:42:02Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

{{Navbox
| name = List of Indonesian seas
| title = Indonesian seas
| bodyclass = hlist
| state = {{{state<includeonly>|autocollapse</includeonly>}}}

| above =
* [[East Indian Archipelago]]

| group1 = Ocean
| list1 =
* [[Indian Ocean]]
* [[Pacific Ocean]]

| group2 = Sea
| list2 =
* [[Andaman Sea]]
* [[Arafura Sea]]
* [[Bali Sea]]
* [[Banda Sea]]
* [[Celebes Sea]]
* [[Flores Sea]]
* [[Halmahera Sea]]
* [[Java Sea]]
* [[Molucca Sea]]
* [[Natuna Sea]]
* [[Philippine Sea]]
* [[Savu Sea]]
* [[Seram Sea]]
* [[South China Sea]]
* [[Timor Sea]]

| group3 = Strait
| list3 =
* [[Alas Strait]]
* [[Alor Strait]]
* [[Badung Strait]]
* [[Bali Strait]]
* [[Bangka Strait]]
* [[Berhala Strait]]
* [[Dampier Strait (Indonesia)|Dampier Strait]]
* [[Gaspar Strait]]
* [[Karimata Strait]]
* [[Laut Strait]]
* [[Lombok Strait]]
* [[Madura Strait]]
* [[Makassar Strait]]
* [[Strait of Malacca|Malacca Strait]]
* [[Mentawai Strait]]
* [[Ombai Strait]]
* [[Pitt Strait (Indonesia)|Pitt Strait]]
* [[Riau Strait]]
* [[Rupat Strait]]
* [[Sape Strait]]
* [[Selayar Strait]]
* [[Singapore Strait]]
* [[Sumba Strait]]
* [[Sunda Strait]]
* [[Wetar Strait]]

| group4 = Gulf
| list4 =
* [[Ambon Bay]]
* [[Balikpapan Bay]]
* [[Berau Gulf]]
* [[Bintuni Bay]]
* [[Gulf of Boni|Boni Gulf]]
* [[Cenderawasih Bay]]
* [[Jakarta Bay]]
* [[Lampung Bay]]
* [[Palabuhanratu Bay]]
* [[Saleh Bay]]
* [[Semangka Bay]]
* [[Gulf of Tolo|Tolo Gulf]]
* [[Gulf of Tomini|Tomini Gulf]]
* [[Yos Sudarso Bay]]
| below=
{{portal-inline|size=tiny|Indonesia}}
{{portal-inline|size=tiny|Oceans}}
}}<noinclude>
{{navbox documentation}}
[[Category:Indonesia geography navigational boxes|Seas]]
[[Category:Ocean and sea navigational boxes|Indonesia]]
[[Category:Place list templates|Indonesian seas]]
[[Category:List navigational boxes|Indonesian seas]]
</noinclude>

Template:Infobox body of water

2026-06-15T02:42:01Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

{{main other|{{#if:{{Has short description}}||{{if first display both|{{#invoke:Type in location|main|{{if empty|{{{lake_type|}}}|{{{ocean_type|}}}|{{{type|}}}}}|{{if empty|{{{location|}}}|{{{basin_countries|}}}|{{{countries|}}}}}|check-patterns=basin;bay;bight;channel;estuary;gulf;lagoon;lake;loch;ocean;reservoir;river;sea;sound;strait|<--
-->invalidadd={{if empty|{{#if:{{{lake_type|}}}|lake}}|{{#if:{{{ocean_type|}}}|sea}}|body of water}}}}|[[Category:Pages using infobox body of water with auto short description]]}}}}}}{{infobox
| child = {{lc:{{if empty|{{{child|}}}|{{{embed|}}}}}}}
| bodyclass = vcard
| bodystyle = {{#ifeq:{{{align}}}|left|float: {{{align}}}; clear: {{{align}}}; margin-left:0; margin-right: 1em; }}
| headerstyle = border-bottom: #cedeff 1px solid

| abovestyle = background-color: #cedeff; font-size: 125%; color:black;
| aboveclass = fn org
| above = {{if empty|{{{name|}}}|<includeonly>{{PAGENAMEBASE}}</includeonly>}}


| titleclass = fn org
| title = {{#ifeq:{{lc:{{if empty|{{{child|}}}|{{{embed|}}}}}}}|yes|{{if empty|{{{name|}}}|<includeonly>{{PAGENAMEBASE}}</includeonly>}}}}

| subheaderclass = nickname
| subheaderstyle = font-size:100%; border-bottom: 1px solid #cedeff;
| subheader = {{{other_name|}}}
| subheader2 = {{native name checker|{{{native_name|}}}}}

| imagestyle = line-height: 1.2; border-bottom: 1px solid #cedeff;

| image = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{image|}}}|size={{{image_size|}}}|sizedefault=264px|maxsize=296px|alt={{{alt|}}} }}
| caption = {{{caption|}}}

| image2 = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{image_map|}}}|size={{if empty|{{{map_size|}}}|{{{image_size|}}}}}|sizedefault=256px|maxsize=296px|alt={{{alt_map|}}}}}
| caption2 = {{{caption_map|}}}

| image3 = {{#if:{{both| {{{pushpin_map|}}} | {{{coordinates|}}}{{{coords|}}}{{#property:P625}} }}|
{{location map|{{{pushpin_map|}}}
|coordinates = {{if empty|{{{coordinates|}}}|{{{coords|}}}}}
|border = infobox
|alt = {{{pushpin_map_alt|}}}
|caption = {{{pushpin_map_caption|}}}
|float = center
|width = {{{pushpin_mapsize|}}}
|default_width = 256
|max_width = 296
|relief= {{yesno|{{if empty|{{{pushpin_relief|}}}|yes}}|yes=yes|no=}}
|AlternativeMap = {{{pushpin_image|}}}
|label = {{#ifeq: {{lc: {{{pushpin_label_position|}}} }} | none | | {{if empty|{{{pushpin_label|}}}|{{{name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}} }} }}
|marksize =6
|position = {{{pushpin_label_position|}}}
}}}}

| image4 = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{image_bathymetry|}}}|size={{if empty|{{{bathymetry_size|}}}|{{{image_size|}}}}}|maxsize=296px|sizedefault=256px|border=yes|alt={{{alt_bathymetry|}}}}}
| caption4 = {{{caption_bathymetry|}}}

| rowclass1 = adr
| label1 = Location
| class1 = region
| data1 = {{{location|}}}

| label2 = Group
| data2 = {{{group|}}}
| class2 = category

| label3 = Coordinates
| data3 = {{#if:{{{coordinates|}}}{{{coords|}}}
| {{#invoke:Coordinates|coordinsert|{{if empty|{{{coordinates|}}}|{{{coords|}}}}}|type:waterbody}}{{{coordinates_footnotes|}}}
}}

| label4 = {{if empty|{{#if:{{{lake_type|}}}|[[Lake#Types of lakes|Lake type]]}}
|{{#if:{{{ocean_type|}}}|[[Ocean#Types of oceans|Ocean type]]}}
|[[Body of water#Waterbody types|Type]]}}
| data4 = {{if empty|{{{lake_type|}}}|{{{ocean_type|}}}|{{{type|}}}}}
| class4 = category

| label6 = Etymology
| data6 = {{{etymology|}}}

| label7 = Part of
| data7 = {{if empty|{{{part_of|}}}|{{{parent|}}}}}

| label8 = {{longitem|1=[[inflow (hydrology)|Primary inflows]]}}
| data8 = {{{inflow|}}}

| label9 = {{longitem|River sources}}
| data9 = {{{rivers|}}}

| label10 = {{longitem|1=[[discharge (hydrology)|Primary outflows]]}}
| data10 = {{{outflow|}}}

| label11 = {{longitem|1=Ocean/sea sources}}
| data11 = {{{oceans|}}}

| label12 = {{longitem|[[Drainage basin|Catchment area]]}}
| data12 = {{{catchment|}}}

| label13 = [[Drainage basin|Basin]] countries
| data13 = {{if empty|{{{basin_countries|}}}|{{{countries|}}}}}

| label14 = {{longitem|Managing agency}}
| data14 = {{{agency|}}}
| class14 = agent

| label15 = Designation
| data15 = {{{designation|}}}
| class15 = category

| label16 = Built
| data16 = {{{date-built|}}}

| label17 = {{longitem|Construction engineer}}
| data17 = {{{engineer|}}}

| label18 = {{longitem|First flooded}}
| data18 = {{{date-flooded|}}}

| header21 = {{#if:{{{length|}}}{{{width|}}}{{{area|}}}{{{depth|}}}{{{max-depth|}}}{{{volume|}}}{{{residence_time|}}}{{{salinity|}}}{{{shore|}}}{{{elevation|}}}|{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{if empty|{{{child|}}}|{{{embed|}}}}}}}|yes||<nowiki />}}}}

| label22 = Max. length
| rowclass22 = note
| data22 = {{{length|}}}

| label23 = Max. width
| rowclass23 = note
| data23 = {{{width|}}}

| label24 = Min. width
| rowclass24 = note
| data24 = {{{min_width|}}}

| label25 = {{longitem|{{#if:{{{lake_type|}}}|[[List of lakes by area|Surface area]]|Surface area}}}}
| rowclass25 = note
| data25 = {{{area|}}}

| label26 = {{longitem|Average depth}}
| rowclass26 = note
| data26 = {{{depth|}}}

| label27 = Max. depth
| rowclass27 = note
| data27 = {{{max-depth|}}}

| label28 = {{longitem|{{#if:{{{lake_type|}}}|[[List of lakes by volume|Water volume]]|Water volume}}}}
| rowclass28 = note
| data28 = {{{volume|}}}

| label29 = {{#if:{{{lake_type|}}}
| [[Lake retention time|Residence time]]
| [[Water cycle#Residence times|Residence time]]
}}
| rowclass29 = note
| data29 = {{#if:{{{residence_time|}}}|{{#iferror:{{#expr:{{{residence_time}}}}}
|{{{residence_time}}}
|{{{residence_time}}} year{{#ifeq:{{{residence_time}}}|1||s}}
}}}}

| label30 = [[Salinity]]
| rowclass30 = note
| data30 = {{{salinity|}}}

| label31 = {{longitem|Shore length1}}
| rowclass31 = note
| data31 = {{{shore|}}}

| label32 = {{longitem|Surface elevation}}
| rowclass32 = note
| data32 = {{{elevation|}}}

| header36 = {{#if:{{{temperature_high|}}}{{{temperature_low|}}}{{{frozen|}}}{{{islands|}}}{{{sections|}}}{{{cities|}}}{{{website|}}}{{{reference|}}}|<nowiki />}}

| label37 = {{longitem|Max. temperature}}
| rowclass37 = note
| data37 = {{{temperature_high|}}}

| label38 = {{longitem|Min. temperature}}
| rowclass38 = note
| data38 = {{{temperature_low|}}}

| label39 = Frozen
| data39 = {{{frozen|}}}

| label40 = Dam
| data40 = {{{dam_name|}}}

| label41 = {{#if:{{{islands_category|}}}
|[[:category:{{{islands_category}}}|Islands]]
|{{#if:{{{lake_type|}}}
| [[:category:Lake islands|Islands]]
| {{#if:{{{ocean_type|}}}
| [[:Category:Islands by ocean or sea|Islands]]
| [[:Category:Islands by body of water|Islands]]
}}
}}
}}
| data41 = {{{islands|}}}

| label42 = {{longitem|Sections/sub-basins}}
| data42 = {{{sections|}}}

| label43 = Trenches
| rowclass43 = note
| data43 = {{{trenches|}}}

| label44 = Benches
| rowclass44 = note
| data44 = {{{benches|}}}

| label45 = Settlements
| data45 = {{if empty|{{{settlements|}}}|{{{cities|}}}}}

| label46 = Website
| data46 = {{{website|}}}

| label47 = References
| class47 = note
| data47 = {{{reference|}}}

| header48 = {{{extra|}}}{{{nrhp|}}}{{{embedded|}}}{{{module|}}}

| header50 = {{if either | {{{mapframe|}}} | {{#if:{{{image_map|}}}{{{pushpin_map|}}}||{{{coordinates|}}}}} |
Location
}}
| data51 = {{#invoke:Infobox mapframe
|autoWithCaption
| onByDefault={{#if:{{{image_map|}}}{{{pushpin_map|}}}|no|yes}}
| mapframe-frame-width = 264
| mapframe-marker = water
| mapframe-type = waterbody
| mapframe-stroke-color = #0000ff
| mapframe-stroke-width = 2
| mapframe-wikidata = yes
| mapframe-caption = Interactive map of {{if empty|{{{name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}
}}

| belowstyle = border-bottom: 1px solid #cedeff; border-top: 1px solid #cedeff
| below = {{#if:{{{shore|}}}|1 Shore length is [[Coastline paradox|not a well-defined measure]].}}
}}{{#invoke:Infobox body of water tracking|tracking}}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using infobox body of water with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Infobox body of water]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y|mapframe_args=y| agency | align | alt | alt_bathymetry | alt_map | area | basin_countries | bathymetry_size | benches | caption | caption_bathymetry | caption_map | catchment | child | cities | coordinates | coordinates_footnotes | coords | countries | dam_name | date-built | date-flooded | depth | designation | elevation | embed | embedded | engineer | etymology | extra | frozen | group | image | image_bathymetry | image_map | image_size | inflow | islands | islands_category | lake_type | length | location | map_size | max-depth | min_width | module | name | native_name | nrhp | ocean_type | oceans | other_name | outflow | parent | part_of | pushpin_image | pushpin_label | pushpin_label_position | pushpin_map | pushpin_map_alt | pushpin_map_caption | pushpin_mapsize | pushpin_relief | reference | residence_time | rivers | salinity | sections | settlements | shore | temperature_high | temperature_low | trenches | type | volume | website | width }}{{#invoke:Check for conflicting parameters|check
| template = [[Template:Infobox body of water]]
| cat = {{main other|Category:Pages using infobox body of water with conflicting parameters}}
| lake_type; ocean_type; type
| child; embed
| coordinates; coords
| part_of; parent
| basin_countries; countries
| settlements; cities
}}<noinclude>
{{Documentation}}

</noinclude>

Template:Infobox Chinese

2026-06-15T02:42:00Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

<includeonly>{{#invoke:infobox|infoboxTemplate
|above={{{title|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}}
|bodyclass={{#ifeq:{{{collapse|}}}|yes|mw-collapsible mw-collapsed}}
|abovestyle=color: var(--color-base,#202122);background-color: var(--background-color-interactive-subtle,{{{headercolor|#b0c4de}}});
|rowstyle1=display:none;
||child={{{child|}}}
|data1={{#invoke:Infobox multi-lingual name|ibox_mln}}
}}</includeonly><noinclude>
{{documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:Infobox sea

2026-06-15T02:41:59Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

#REDIRECT [[Template:Infobox body of water]]

{{Rcat shell|{{R from template shortcut}}}}

Template:Infobox

2026-06-15T02:41:57Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

{{#invoke:Infobox|infobox}}<includeonly>{{template other|{{#ifeq:{{PAGENAME}}|Infobox||{{#ifeq:{{str left|{{SUBPAGENAME}}|7}}|Infobox|[[Category:Infobox templates|{{remove first word|{{SUBPAGENAME}}}}]]}}}}|}}</includeonly><noinclude>
{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Template:If either

2026-06-15T02:41:56Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{1|}}}
|{{{then|{{{3|}}}}}}
|{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{2|}}}
|{{{then|{{{3|}}}}}}
|{{{else|{{{4|}}}}}}
}}
}}<noinclude>
{{Documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:ISSN

2026-06-15T02:41:55Z

Maintenance script: Sync current Andaman Sea dependency from Phuketer

<includeonly>{{#invoke:CS1 identifiers|main|_template=issn}}</includeonly><noinclude>
{{documentation}}
</noinclude>

Module:Citation/CS1/COinS

2026-06-14T10:39:02Z

Maintenance script: Shared ABC wiki patch: guard CS1 COinS author metadata when citation has no author

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, remove_wiki_link, strip_apostrophe_markup; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------

Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)

Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't corrupted with strings
of %27%27...

]]

local function make_coins_title (title, script)
title = has_accept_as_written (title);
if is_set (title) then
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
title = ''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
end
if is_set (script) then
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
script = ''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------

Returns a string where all of Lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]

local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other Lua magic pattern characters
return argument;
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------

Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.

]]

local function get_coins_pages (pages)
local pattern;
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done

while true do
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the URL and following space(s): "[url "
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more URLs
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape Lua's magic pattern characters
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
end
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace HTML entities (– etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like and the like?
return pages;
end

--[=[-------------------------< C O I N S _ R E P L A C E _ M A T H _ S T R I P M A R K E R >------------------

There are three options for math markup rendering that depend on the editor's math preference settings. These
settings are at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering]] and are
PNG images
TeX source
MathML with SVG or PNG fallback

All three are heavy with HTML and CSS which doesn't belong in the metadata.

Without this function, the metadata saved in the raw wikitext contained the rendering determined by the settings
of the last editor to save the page.

This function gets the rendered form of an equation according to the editor's preference before the page is saved. It
then searches the rendering for the text equivalent of the rendered equation and replaces the rendering with that so
that the page is saved without extraneous HTML/CSS markup and with a reasonably readable text form of the equation.

When a replacement is made, this function returns true and the value with replacement; otherwise false and the initial
value. To replace multipe equations it is necessary to call this function from within a loop.

]=]

local function coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value)
local stripmarker = cfg.stripmarkers['math'];
local rendering = value:match (stripmarker); -- is there a math stripmarker

if not rendering then -- when value doesn't have a math stripmarker, abandon this test
return false, value;
end

rendering = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (rendering); -- convert stripmarker into rendered value (or nil? ''? when math render error)

if rendering:match ('alt="[^"]+"') then -- if PNG math option
rendering = rendering:match ('alt="([^"]+)"'); -- extract just the math text
elseif rendering:match ('$%s+.+%s+%$') then -- if TeX math option; $ is legit character that is escapes as \$
rendering = rendering:match ('$%s+(.+)%s+%$') -- extract just the math text
elseif rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>.+</annotation>') then -- if MathML math option
rendering = rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>(.+)</annotation>') -- extract just the math text
else
return false, value; -- had math stripmarker but not one of the three defined forms
end

return true, value:gsub (stripmarker, rendering, 1);
end

--[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >----------------------------------------------------

Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain HTML entities.

2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki (). It replaces math stripmarkers with the appropriate content
when it shouldn't. See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29

TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible
characters table?

]]

local function coins_cleanup (value)
local replaced = true; -- default state to get the do loop running

while replaced do -- loop until all math stripmarkers replaced
replaced, value = coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value); -- replace math stripmarker with text representation of the equation
end

value = value:gsub (cfg.stripmarkers['math'], "MATH RENDER ERROR"); -- one or more couldn't be replaced; insert vague error message

value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content
value = value:gsub (''(s?)', "'%1"); -- replace {{'}} or {{'s}} with simple apostrophe or apostrophe-s
value = value:gsub (' ', ' '); -- replace   entity with plain space
value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space
if not mw.ustring.find (value, cfg.indic_script) then -- don't remove zero-width joiner characters from indic script
value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', ''); -- remove &zwj; entities
value = mw.ustring.gsub (value, '[\226\128\141\226\128\139\194\173]', ''); -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space, soft hyphen
end
value = value:gsub ('[\009\010\013 ]+', ' '); -- replace horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space
return value;
end

--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------

COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.

]]

local function COinS(data, class)
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
return '';
end

for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values
if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed)
data[k] = coins_cleanup (v);
end
end

local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";

-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
if is_set(value) then
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
end
end
});

if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn', 'journal', 'news', 'magazine'}) or
(in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or
('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier
if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite ssrn
elseif 'conference' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set)
elseif 'web' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set)
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles
end
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- 'periodical' article titles

-- these used only for periodicals
OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall
OCinSoutput["rft.quarter"] = data.Quarter; -- single digits 1->first quarter, etc.
OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput['rft.artnum'] = data.ArticleNumber; -- {{cite journal}} only
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata

elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier
if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report";
elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- conference paper as chapter in proceedings (book)
elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then
if is_set (data.Chapter) then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title
else
if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia
end
end
else -- {'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'}
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown";
end
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation

else -- cite thesis
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier
OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported)
OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only
OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
end
-- NB. Not currently supported are "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:patent", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:sch_svc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:ctx"
-- and now common parameters (as much as possible)
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation

for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
if k == 'ISBN' then v = v:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" ); end
local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc. that have defined COinS keywords
OCinSoutput[ id ] = v;
elseif 'url' == id then -- for urls that are assembled in ~/Identifiers; |asin= and |ol=
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat ({data.ID_list[k], "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label});
elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil so urls created here
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v, cfg.id_handlers[k].suffix or '', "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label }; -- others; provide a URL and indicate identifier name as #fragment (human-readable, but transparent to browsers)
end
end

local last, first;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors or {} ) do
last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki stripmarkers, non-printing or invisible characters
if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name
end
else -- for all other authors
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
end
-- TODO: At present we do not report "et al.". Add anything special if this condition applies?
end
end

OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };

-- TODO: Add optional extra info:
-- rfr_dat=#REVISION<version> (referrer private data)
-- ctx_id=<data.RawPage>#<ref> (identifier for the context object)
-- ctx_tim=<ts> (timestamp in format yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssTZD or yyyy-mm-dd)
-- ctx_enc=info:ofi/enc:UTF-8 (character encoding)

OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );

-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
-- table.sort( OCinSoutput );
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >--------------------------------------

Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules.

]]

local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr)
cfg = cfg_table_ptr;

has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module
is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set;
in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array;
remove_wiki_link = utilities_page_ptr.remove_wiki_link;
strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities_page_ptr.strip_apostrophe_markup;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {
make_coins_title = make_coins_title,
get_coins_pages = get_coins_pages,
COinS = COinS,
set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules,
}

Module:Coordinates

2026-06-14T08:32:25Z

Maintenance script: Shared ABC wiki patch: make Module:Coordinates work without Wikibase Client

--[[
This module is intended to replace the functionality of {{Coord}} and related
templates. It provides several methods, including

{{#invoke:Coordinates | coord }} : General function formatting and displaying
coordinate values.

{{#invoke:Coordinates | dec2dms }} : Simple function for converting decimal
degree values to DMS format.

{{#invoke:Coordinates | dms2dec }} : Simple function for converting DMS format
to decimal degree format.

{{#invoke:Coordinates | link }} : Export the link used to reach the tools

]]

require('strict')

local math_mod = require("Module:Math")
local coordinates = {};
local isSandbox = mw.getCurrentFrame():getTitle():find('sandbox', 1, true);

local current_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
local page_name = mw.uri.encode( current_page.prefixedText, 'WIKI' );
local coord_link = 'https://geohack.toolforge.org/geohack.php?pagename=' .. page_name .. '&params='

--[[ Helper function, replacement for {{coord/display/title}} ]]
local function displaytitle(coords)
return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{
name = 'indicator',
args = { name = 'coordinates' },
content = '[[Geographic coordinate system|Coordinates]]: ' .. coords .. ''
}
end

--[[ Helper function, used in detecting DMS formatting ]]
local function dmsTest(first, second)
if type(first) ~= 'string' or type(second) ~= 'string' then
return nil
end
local s = (first .. second):upper()
return s:find('^[NS][EW]$') or s:find('^[EW][NS]$')
end

--[[ Wrapper function to grab args, see Module:Arguments for this function's documentation. ]]
local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName)
return function (frame)
local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {
wrappers = 'Template:Coord'
})
return coordinates[funcName](args, frame)
end
end

--[[ Helper function, handle optional args. ]]
local function optionalArg(arg, supplement)
return arg and arg .. supplement or ''
end

--[[
Formats any error messages generated for display
]]
local function errorPrinter(errors)
local result = ""
for i,v in ipairs(errors) do
result = result .. 'Coordinates: ' .. v[2] .. ' '
end
return result
end

--[[
Determine the required CSS class to display coordinates

Usually geo-nondefault is hidden by CSS, unless a user has overridden this for himself
default is the mode as specificied by the user when calling the {{coord}} template
mode is the display mode (dec or dms) that we will need to determine the css class for
]]
local function displayDefault(default, mode)
if default == "" then
default = "dec"
end

if default == mode then
return "geo-default"
else
return "geo-nondefault"
end
end

--[[
specPrinter

Output formatter. Takes the structure generated by either parseDec
or parseDMS and formats it for inclusion on Wikipedia.
]]
local function specPrinter(args, coordinateSpec)
local uriComponents = coordinateSpec["param"]
if uriComponents == "" then
-- RETURN error, should never be empty or nil
return "ERROR param was empty"
end
if args["name"] then
uriComponents = uriComponents .. "&title=" .. mw.uri.encode(coordinateSpec["name"])
end

local geodmshtml = ''
.. '' .. coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] .. ' '
.. '' ..coordinateSpec["dms-long"] .. ''
.. ''

local lat = tonumber( coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] ) or 0
local geodeclat
if lat < 0 then
-- FIXME this breaks the pre-existing precision
geodeclat = tostring(coordinateSpec["dec-lat"]):sub(2) .. "°S"
else
geodeclat = (coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] or 0) .. "°N"
end

local long = tonumber( coordinateSpec["dec-long"] ) or 0
local geodeclong
if long < 0 then
-- FIXME does not handle unicode minus
geodeclong = tostring(coordinateSpec["dec-long"]):sub(2) .. "°W"
else
geodeclong = (coordinateSpec["dec-long"] or 0) .. "°E"
end

local geodechtml = ''
.. geodeclat .. ' '
.. geodeclong
.. ''

local geonumhtml = ''
.. coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] .. '; '
.. coordinateSpec["dec-long"]
.. ''

local inner = '' .. geodmshtml .. ''
.. ' / '
.. '';

if not args["name"] then
inner = inner .. geodechtml
.. ' / ' .. geonumhtml .. ''
else
inner = inner .. '' .. geodechtml
.. ' / ' .. geonumhtml .. ''
.. ' ('
.. args["name"] .. ')'
end

local stylesheetLink = 'Module:Coordinates' .. ( isSandbox and '/sandbox' or '' ) .. '/styles.css'
return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = stylesheetLink }
} .. '[' .. coord_link .. uriComponents ..
' ' .. inner .. ']'
end

--[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees ]]
local function convert_dec2dms_d(coordinate)
local d = math_mod._round( coordinate, 0 ) .. "°"
return d .. ""
end

--[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees and minutes ]]
local function convert_dec2dms_dm(coordinate)
coordinate = math_mod._round( coordinate * 60, 0 );
local m = coordinate % 60;
coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - m) / 60 );
local d = coordinate % 360 .."°"

return d .. string.format( "%02d′", m )
end

--[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees, minutes, and seconds ]]
local function convert_dec2dms_dms(coordinate)
coordinate = math_mod._round( coordinate * 60 * 60, 0 );
local s = coordinate % 60
coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - s) / 60 );
local m = coordinate % 60
coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - m) / 60 );
local d = coordinate % 360 .."°"

return d .. string.format( "%02d′", m ) .. string.format( "%02d″", s )
end

--[[
Helper function, convert decimal latitude or longitude to
degrees, minutes, and seconds format based on the specified precision.
]]
local function convert_dec2dms(coordinate, firstPostfix, secondPostfix, precision)
local coord = tonumber(coordinate)
local postfix
if coord >= 0 then
postfix = firstPostfix
else
postfix = secondPostfix
end

precision = precision:lower();
if precision == "dms" then
return convert_dec2dms_dms( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix;
elseif precision == "dm" then
return convert_dec2dms_dm( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix;
elseif precision == "d" then
return convert_dec2dms_d( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix;
end
end

--[[
Convert DMS format into a N or E decimal coordinate
]]
local function convert_dms2dec(direction, degrees_str, minutes_str, seconds_str)
local degrees = tonumber(degrees_str)
local minutes = tonumber(minutes_str) or 0
local seconds = tonumber(seconds_str) or 0

local factor = 1
if direction == "S" or direction == "W" then
factor = -1
end

local precision = 0
if seconds_str then
precision = 5 + math.max( math_mod._precision(seconds_str), 0 );
elseif minutes_str and minutes_str ~= '' then
precision = 3 + math.max( math_mod._precision(minutes_str), 0 );
else
precision = math.max( math_mod._precision(degrees_str), 0 );
end

local decimal = factor * (degrees+(minutes+seconds/60)/60)
return string.format( "%." .. precision .. "f", decimal ) -- not tonumber since this whole thing is string based.
end

--[[
Checks input values to for out of range errors.
]]
local function validate( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, long_d, long_m, long_s, source, strong )
local errors = {};
lat_d = tonumber( lat_d ) or 0;
lat_m = tonumber( lat_m ) or 0;
lat_s = tonumber( lat_s ) or 0;
long_d = tonumber( long_d ) or 0;
long_m = tonumber( long_m ) or 0;
long_s = tonumber( long_s ) or 0;

if strong then
if lat_d < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees < 0 with hemisphere flag"})
end
if long_d < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees < 0 with hemisphere flag"})
end
--[[
#coordinates is inconsistent about whether this is an error. If globe: is
specified, it won't error on this condition, but otherwise it will.

For not simply disable this check.

if long_d > 180 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees > 180 with hemisphere flag"})
end
]]
end

if lat_d > 90 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees > 90"})
end
if lat_d < -90 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees < -90"})
end
if lat_m >= 60 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude minutes >= 60"})
end
if lat_m < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude minutes < 0"})
end
if lat_s >= 60 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude seconds >= 60"})
end
if lat_s < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude seconds < 0"})
end
if long_d >= 360 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees >= 360"})
end
if long_d <= -360 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees <= -360"})
end
if long_m >= 60 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude minutes >= 60"})
end
if long_m < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude minutes < 0"})
end
if long_s >= 60 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude seconds >= 60"})
end
if long_s < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude seconds < 0"})
end

return errors;
end

--[[
parseDec

Transforms decimal format latitude and longitude into the
structure to be used in displaying coordinates
]]
local function parseDec( lat, long, format )
local coordinateSpec = {}
local errors = {}

if not long then
return nil, {{"parseDec", "Missing longitude"}}
elseif not tonumber(long) then
return nil, {{"parseDec", "Longitude could not be parsed as a number: " .. long}}
end

errors = validate( lat, nil, nil, long, nil, nil, 'parseDec', false );
coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] = lat;
coordinateSpec["dec-long"] = long;

local mode = coordinates.determineMode( lat, long );
coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] = convert_dec2dms( lat, "N", "S", mode) -- {{coord/dec2dms|{{{1}}}|N|S|{{coord/prec dec|{{{1}}}|{{{2}}}}}}}
coordinateSpec["dms-long"] = convert_dec2dms( long, "E", "W", mode) -- {{coord/dec2dms|{{{2}}}|E|W|{{coord/prec dec|{{{1}}}|{{{2}}}}}}}

if format then
coordinateSpec.default = format
else
coordinateSpec.default = "dec"
end

return coordinateSpec, errors
end

--[[
parseDMS

Transforms degrees, minutes, seconds format latitude and longitude
into the a structure to be used in displaying coordinates
]]
local function parseDMS( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, lat_f, long_d, long_m, long_s, long_f, format )
local coordinateSpec, errors, backward = {}, {}

lat_f = lat_f:upper();
long_f = long_f:upper();

-- Check if specified backward
if lat_f == 'E' or lat_f == 'W' then
lat_d, long_d, lat_m, long_m, lat_s, long_s, lat_f, long_f, backward = long_d, lat_d, long_m, lat_m, long_s, lat_s, long_f, lat_f, true;
end

errors = validate( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, long_d, long_m, long_s, 'parseDMS', true );
if not long_d then
return nil, {{"parseDMS", "Missing longitude" }}
elseif not tonumber(long_d) then
return nil, {{"parseDMS", "Longitude could not be parsed as a number:" .. long_d }}
end

if not lat_m and not lat_s and not long_m and not long_s and #errors == 0 then
if math_mod._precision( lat_d ) > 0 or math_mod._precision( long_d ) > 0 then
if lat_f:upper() == 'S' then
lat_d = '-' .. lat_d;
end
if long_f:upper() == 'W' then
long_d = '-' .. long_d;
end

return parseDec( lat_d, long_d, format );
end
end

coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] = lat_d.."°"..optionalArg(lat_m,"′") .. optionalArg(lat_s,"″") .. lat_f
coordinateSpec["dms-long"] = long_d.."°"..optionalArg(long_m,"′") .. optionalArg(long_s,"″") .. long_f
coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] = convert_dms2dec(lat_f, lat_d, lat_m, lat_s) -- {{coord/dms2dec|{{{4}}}|{{{1}}}|0{{{2}}}|0{{{3}}}}}
coordinateSpec["dec-long"] = convert_dms2dec(long_f, long_d, long_m, long_s) -- {{coord/dms2dec|{{{8}}}|{{{5}}}|0{{{6}}}|0{{{7}}}}}

if format then
coordinateSpec.default = format
else
coordinateSpec.default = "dms"
end

return coordinateSpec, errors, backward
end

--[[
Check the input arguments for coord to determine the kind of data being provided
and then make the necessary processing.
]]
local function formatTest(args)
local result, errors
local backward, primary = false, false

local function getParam(args, lim)
local ret = {}
for i = 1, lim do
ret[i] = args[i] or ''
end
return table.concat(ret, '_')
end

if not args[1] then
-- no lat logic
return errorPrinter( {{"formatTest", "Missing latitude"}} )
elseif not tonumber(args[1]) then
-- bad lat logic
return errorPrinter( {{"formatTest", "Unable to parse latitude as a number:" .. args[1]}} )
elseif not args[4] and not args[5] and not args[6] then
-- dec logic
result, errors = parseDec(args[1], args[2], args.format)
if not result then
return errorPrinter(errors);
end
-- formatting for geohack: geohack expects D_N_D_E notation or D;D notation
-- wikiminiatlas doesn't support D;D notation
-- #coordinates parserfunction doesn't support negative decimals with NSWE
result.param = table.concat({
math.abs(tonumber(args[1])),
((tonumber(args[1]) or 0) < 0) and 'S' or 'N',
math.abs(tonumber(args[2])),
((tonumber(args[2]) or 0) < 0) and 'W' or 'E',
args[3] or ''}, '_')
elseif dmsTest(args[4], args[8]) then
-- dms logic
result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], args[2], args[3], args[4],
args[5], args[6], args[7], args[8], args.format)
if args[10] then
table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'})
end
if not result then
return errorPrinter(errors)
end
result.param = getParam(args, 9)
elseif dmsTest(args[3], args[6]) then
-- dm logic
result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], args[2], nil, args[3],
args[4], args[5], nil, args[6], args['format'])
if args[8] then
table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'})
end
if not result then
return errorPrinter(errors)
end
result.param = getParam(args, 7)
elseif dmsTest(args[2], args[4]) then
-- d logic
result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], nil, nil, args[2],
args[3], nil, nil, args[4], args.format)
if args[6] then
table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'})
end
if not result then
return errorPrinter(errors)
end
result.param = getParam(args, 5)
else
-- Error
return errorPrinter({{"formatTest", "Unknown argument format"}}) .. '[[Category:Pages with malformed coordinate tags]]'
end
result.name = args.name

local extra_param = {'dim', 'globe', 'scale', 'region', 'source', 'type'}
for _, v in ipairs(extra_param) do
if args[v] then
table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Parameter: "' .. v .. '=" should be "' .. v .. ':"' })
end
end

local ret = specPrinter(args, result)
if #errors > 0 then
ret = ret .. ' ' .. errorPrinter(errors) .. '[[Category:Pages with malformed coordinate tags]]'
end
return ret, backward
end

--[[
Generate Wikidata tracking categories.
]]
local function makeWikidataCategories(qid)
local ret
local qid = qid or (mw.wikibase and mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage and mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage())
if mw.wikibase and current_page.namespace == 0 then
if qid and mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) and mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625") and mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1] then
local snaktype = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1].mainsnak.snaktype
if snaktype == 'value' then
-- coordinates exist both here and on Wikidata, and can be compared.
ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata'
elseif snaktype == 'somevalue' then
ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata set to unknown value'
elseif snaktype == 'novalue' then
ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata set to no value'
end
else
-- We have to either import the coordinates to Wikidata or remove them here.
ret = 'Coordinates not on Wikidata'
end
end
if ret then
return string.format('[[Category:%s]]', ret)
else
return ''
end
end

--[[
link

Simple function to export the coordinates link for other uses.

Usage:
{{#invoke:Coordinates | link }}

]]
function coordinates.link(frame)
return coord_link;
end

--[[
dec2dms

Wrapper to allow templates to call dec2dms directly.

Usage:
{{#invoke:Coordinates | dec2dms | decimal_coordinate | positive_suffix |
negative_suffix | precision }}

decimal_coordinate is converted to DMS format. If positive, the positive_suffix
is appended (typical N or E), if negative, the negative suffix is appended. The
specified precision is one of 'D', 'DM', or 'DMS' to specify the level of detail
to use.
]]
coordinates.dec2dms = makeInvokeFunc('_dec2dms')
function coordinates._dec2dms(args)
local coordinate = args[1]
local firstPostfix = args[2] or ''
local secondPostfix = args[3] or ''
local precision = args[4] or ''

return convert_dec2dms(coordinate, firstPostfix, secondPostfix, precision)
end

--[[
Helper function to determine whether to use D, DM, or DMS
format depending on the precision of the decimal input.
]]
function coordinates.determineMode( value1, value2 )
local precision = math.max( math_mod._precision( value1 ), math_mod._precision( value2 ) );
if precision <= 0 then
return 'd'
elseif precision <= 2 then
return 'dm';
else
return 'dms';
end
end

--[[
dms2dec

Wrapper to allow templates to call dms2dec directly.

Usage:
{{#invoke:Coordinates | dms2dec | direction_flag | degrees |
minutes | seconds }}

Converts DMS values specified as degrees, minutes, seconds too decimal format.
direction_flag is one of N, S, E, W, and determines whether the output is
positive (i.e. N and E) or negative (i.e. S and W).
]]
coordinates.dms2dec = makeInvokeFunc('_dms2dec')
function coordinates._dms2dec(args)
local direction = args[1]
local degrees = args[2]
local minutes = args[3]
local seconds = args[4]

return convert_dms2dec(direction, degrees, minutes, seconds)
end

--[[
coord

Main entry point for Lua function to replace {{coord}}

Usage:
{{#invoke:Coordinates | coord }}
{{#invoke:Coordinates | coord | lat | long }}
{{#invoke:Coordinates | coord | lat | lat_flag | long | long_flag }}
...

Refer to {{coord}} documentation page for many additional parameters and
configuration options.

Note: This function provides the visual display elements of {{coord}}. In
order to load coordinates into the database, the {{#coordinates:}} parser
function must also be called, this is done automatically in the Lua
version of {{coord}}.
]]
coordinates.coord = makeInvokeFunc('_coord')
function coordinates._coord(args)
if not tonumber(args[1]) and not args[2] then
args[3] = args[1]; args[1] = nil
local entity = mw.wikibase and mw.wikibase.getEntityObject and mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(args.qid)
if entity
and entity.claims
and entity.claims.P625
and entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.snaktype == 'value'
then
local precision = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.precision
args[1] = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.latitude
args[2] = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.longitude
if precision then
precision = -math_mod._round(math.log(precision)/math.log(10),0)
args[1] = math_mod._round(args[1],precision)
args[2] = math_mod._round(args[2],precision)
end
end
end

local contents, backward = formatTest(args)
local Notes = args.notes or ''
local Display = args.display and args.display:lower() or 'inline'

-- it and ti are short for inline,title and title,inline
local function isInline(s)
-- Finds whether coordinates are displayed inline.
return s:find('inline') ~= nil or s == 'i' or s == 'it' or s == 'ti'
end
local function isInTitle(s)
-- Finds whether coordinates are displayed in the title.
return s:find('title') ~= nil or s == 't' or s == 'it' or s == 'ti'
end

local function coord_wrapper(in_args)
-- Calls the parser function {{#coordinates:}}.
return mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('#coordinates', in_args) or ''
end

local text = ''
if isInline(Display) then
text = text .. '' .. contents .. Notes .. ''
end
if isInTitle(Display) then
-- Add to output since indicator content is invisible to Lua later on
if not isInline(Display) then
text = text .. '' .. contents .. Notes .. ''
end
text = text .. displaytitle(contents .. Notes) .. makeWikidataCategories(args.qid)
end
if not args.nosave then
local page_title, count = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(), 1
if backward then
local tmp = {}
while not string.find((args[count-1] or ''), '[EW]') do tmp[count] = (args[count] or ''); count = count+1 end
tmp.count = count; count = 2*(count-1)
while count >= tmp.count do table.insert(tmp, 1, (args[count] or '')); count = count-1 end
for i, v in ipairs(tmp) do args[i] = v end
else
while count <= 9 do args[count] = (args[count] or ''); count = count+1 end
end
if isInTitle(Display) and not page_title.isTalkPage and page_title.subpageText ~= 'doc' and page_title.subpageText ~= 'testcases' then args[10] = 'primary' end
args.notes, args.format, args.display = nil
text = text .. coord_wrapper(args)
end
return text
end

--[[
coord2text

Extracts a single value from a transclusion of {{Coord}}.
IF THE GEOHACK LINK SYNTAX CHANGES THIS FUNCTION MUST BE MODIFIED.

Usage:

{{#invoke:Coordinates | coord2text | {{Coord}} | parameter }}

Valid values for the second parameter are: lat (signed integer), long (signed integer), type, scale, dim, region, globe, source

]]
function coordinates._coord2text(coord,type)
if coord == '' or type == '' or not type then return nil end
type = mw.text.trim(type)
if type == 'lat' or type == 'long' then
local result, negative = mw.text.split((mw.ustring.match(coord,'[%.%d]+°[NS] [%.%d]+°[EW]') or ''), ' ')
if type == 'lat' then
result, negative = result[1], 'S'
else
result, negative = result[2], 'W'
end
result = mw.text.split(result, '°')
if result[2] == negative then result[1] = '-'..result[1] end
return result[1]
else
return mw.ustring.match(coord, 'params=.-_' .. type .. ':(.-)[ _]')
end
end

function coordinates.coord2text(frame)
return coordinates._coord2text(frame.args[1],frame.args[2])
end

--[[
coordinsert

Injects some text into the Geohack link of a transclusion of {{Coord}} (if that text isn't already in the transclusion). Outputs the modified transclusion of {{Coord}}.
IF THE GEOHACK LINK SYNTAX CHANGES THIS FUNCTION MUST BE MODIFIED.

Usage:

{{#invoke:Coordinates | coordinsert | {{Coord}} | parameter:value | parameter:value | … }}

Do not make Geohack unhappy by inserting something which isn't mentioned in the {{Coord}} documentation.

]]
function coordinates.coordinsert(frame)
-- for the 2nd or later integer parameter (the first is the coord template, as above)
for i, v in ipairs(frame.args) do
if i ~= 1 then
-- if we cannot find in the coord_template the i_th coordinsert parameter e.g. region
if not mw.ustring.find(frame.args[1], (mw.ustring.match(frame.args[i], '^(.-:)') or '')) then
-- find from the params= up to the first possibly-present underscore
-- and append the i_th coordinsert parameter and a space
-- IDK why we're adding a space but it does seem somewhat convenient
frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub(frame.args[1], '(params=.-)_? ', '%1_'..frame.args[i]..' ')
end
end
end
if frame.args.name then
-- if we can't find the vcard class
if not mw.ustring.find(frame.args[1], '') then
-- take something that looks like a coord template and add the vcard span with class and fn org class
local namestr = frame.args.name
frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub(
frame.args[1],
'()(<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*)()',
'%1%2 (' .. namestr .. ')%3'
)
-- then find anything from coordinates parameters to the 'end' and attach the title parameter
frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub(
frame.args[1],
'(&params=[^&"<>%[%] ]*) ',
'%1&title=' .. mw.uri.encode(namestr) .. ' '
)
end
end

-- replace the existing indicator with a new indicator using the modified content
frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub(
frame.args[1],
'((.+))\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-indicator%-%x+%-%-?QINU[^\127]*\127',
function (inline, coord) return inline .. displaytitle(coord) end
)

return frame.args[1]
end

return coordinates